home *** CD-ROM | disk | FTP | other *** search
Text File | 1995-12-28 | 384.9 KB | 8,167 lines |
-
-
-
-
- User's Manual for
-
-
-
- EEEEEEEEEEEE DDDDD DDDDD YYY YYY
- EEEEEEEEEEEE DDDDDDDD DDDDDDDD YYY YYY
- EEEEEEEEEEEE DD DD DD DD YYY YYY
- EE DD DD DD DD YYY YYY
- EEEEEEEE DD DD DD DD YYYYYYY
- EEEEEEEE DD DD DD DD YYYYY
- EE DD DD DD DD YYY
- EEEEEEEEEEEE DD DDD DD DDD YYY
- EEEEEEEEEEEE DDDDDDDDDDD DDDDDDDDDDD YYY
- EEEEEEEEEEEE DDDDDDDDD DDDDDDDDD YYYYY
-
-
-
- EDit DirectorY
- TWGDU! *
-
-
- @ NOTE: A "@" in the first column of a line (as these lines have) means
- @ there has been something added or changed since the last release (a
- @ paradox after release 8a).
-
-
-
-
- +-------------------------------+
- | EDDY (TM) |
- | File and Directory Editor |
- | Copyright (C) 1987-1995 |
- | by John Scofield |
- | All rights reserved |
- | Compuserve: 70162,2357 |
- +-------------------------------+
-
-
-
-
- _______
- ____|__ | (R)
- --| | |-------------------
- | ____|__ | Association of
- | | |_| Shareware
- |__| o | Professionals
- -----| | |---------------------
- |___|___| MEMBER
-
-
-
- * (The World's Greatest Disk Utility!)
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page i
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
- DEDICATION
-
- EDDY is dedicated to the memory of Dean W. Anschultz, a good friend and a
- GOOD man, in every sense of the word. His ideas, encouragement, and uncanny
- abilities as beta-tester have been the major driving forces for the
- continuing development and improvement of EDDY.
-
- Dean, you are missed. R.I.P.
- +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page ii
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- DISCLAIMER - PLEASE READ CAREFULLY!
- +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
- BY USING THIS PROGRAM, EDDY ("THE SOFTWARE"), WRITTEN BY JOHN SCOFIELD
- ("THE AUTHOR") YOU ACCEPT THESE TERMS:
-
- THE SOFTWARE AND ITS ASSOCIATED DOCUMENTATION ARE SUPPLIED
- "AS-IS", WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. THE AUTHOR EXPRESSLY
- AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
- RELATING TO THE SOFTWARE, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
- BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF QUALITY, PER-
- FORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
- NEITHER THE AUTHOR NOR ANYONE ELSE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED IN
- THE DELIVERY OF THE SOFTWARE SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, IN-
- DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
- OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR FOR ANY LOSS
- OR DAMAGE OF ANY NATURE CAUSED TO ANY PERSON OR PROPERTY AS
- A RESULT OF THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF THE AUTHOR HAS
- BEEN SPECIFICALLY ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR
- CLAIMS. THE AUTHOR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY COSTS, INCLUDING,
- BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE INCURRED AS A RESULT OF LOST PROFITS
- OR REVENUE, LOSS OF USE OF THE SOFTWARE, LOSS OF DATA, THE COSTS
- OF RECOVERING ANY SOFTWARE OR DATA, OR THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS.
- IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR'S LIABILITY FOR ANY DAMAGES TO YOU
- OR ANY OTHER PARTY EVER EXCEED THE PRICE PAID FOR THE LICENSE
- TO USE THE SOFTWARE, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE CLAIM.
-
- +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
-
- USE AT YOUR OWN RISK!
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page iii
-
-
-
- TABLE OF CONTENTS
-
- 1. Introduction to EDDY ............................................ 1-1
- 1.1 Hardware Requirements ....................................... 1-1
- 1.2 Installation ................................................ 1-2
- 1.2.1 INSTALLATION IS NOW COMPLETE! ......................... 1-2
- 1.2.2 Un-Installation ....................................... 1-2
- 1.2.3 Printing the Manual (this file) ....................... 1-2
- a. Page Format .......................................... 1-2
- b. Using A4 Paper ....................................... 1-2
- 1.3 Using EDDY With Windows ..................................... 1-3
- 1.4 EDDY's Display .............................................. 1-4
- 1.5 What You See Is What You Edit (WYSIWYE?) .................... 1-6
- 1.5.1 Working and Target Directory .......................... 1-6
- 1.5.2 Sequence & Sorting .................................... 1-7
- 1.5.3 Number of Files ....................................... 1-8
- 1.5.4 File Sizes, Disk Capacity & Wasted Space .............. 1-8
- a. Compressed Volume File (CVF) Space Usage - [Sh+Tab] .. 1-9
- b. Reclaiming Wasted Space .............................. 1-10
- c. Choosing a Partition Size ............................ 1-11
- 1.5.5 Directory Sizes ....................................... 1-12
- 1.5.6 How About a Date? (non-USA date formats) .............. 1-12
- 1.6 Printing .................................................... 1-12
- 1.6.1 Print a Copy of What's Displayed - [Alt+p] / [^p] .... 1-13
- 1.6.2 Printer Control ...................................... 1-13
- a. Formfeed / Linefeed - [Alt+0] / [Alt+1] ............. 1-13
- b. Printer Commands in EDDY.USE - [Alt+9] .............. 1-14
- 1.7 List Files - [Alt+l] (that's an "L", not a "ONE") ........... 1-16
-
- 2. Telling EDDY What To Do ......................................... 2-1
- 2.1 Moving Around ............................................... 2-1
- 2.1.1 Using the Keyboard .................................... 2-1
- 2.1.2 Using a Mouse ......................................... 2-1
- a. Changing the Button Command - [Alt+m] ................ 2-2
- b. If You're Left-handed ................................ 2-2
- c. Mouse Sensitivity - [Alt+Shift+m] .................... 2-3
- 2.1.3 Using the Scroll Bar .................................. 2-3
- 2.1.4 Double Click Shortcuts ................................ 2-4
- 2.2 Commands .................................................... 2-4
- 2.2.1 Hot Keys .............................................. 2-5
- 2.2.2 Pull-Down Menus - [Alt+F1] ............................ 2-6
- 2.2.3 Dialog Boxes .......................................... 2-7
- 2.2.4 List Boxes ............................................ 2-8
- 2.3 Options - [Alt+o] ........................................... 2-9
-
- 3. EDDY's DOS Command Line ......................................... 3-1
- 3.1 Path Specifications ......................................... 3-1
- 3.2 Options on the Command Line ................................. 3-2
- 3.3 Other Command Line Parameters ............................... 3-2
-
- 4. Editing Directory Entries ....................................... 4-1
- 4.1 Selecting a File or Directory (Speed Search) ................ 4-1
- 4.2 Renaming Files .............................................. 4-2
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page iv
-
-
-
- 4.3 Changing Timestamps ......................................... 4-2
- 4.4 Changing File Attributes .................................... 4-3
- 4.4.1 Attributes Style #1 ................................... 4-3
- 4.4.2 Attributes Style #2 ................................... 4-3
- 4.4.3 "Network-shareable" Attribute ......................... 4-4
-
- 5. Moving to a New Directory ....................................... 5-1
- 5.1 Dialog Boxes or Tree Diagrams - Your Choice ................. 5-1
- 5.1.1 How to Choose ......................................... 5-1
- 5.1.2 Performance Considerations ............................ 5-2
- a. Memory is Always Up-to-Date .......................... 5-2
- b. Save a Tree - [F5] ................................... 5-2
- 5.2 Directory Selection via Dialog Box .......................... 5-3
- 5.2.1 Working Directory Dialog Box - [Alt+Shift+w]/[Alt+w] .. 5-3
- 5.2.2 Target Directory Dialog Box - [Alt+Shift+t]/[Alt+t] ... 5-4
- 5.2.3 Target Tracking - [=] ................................. 5-5
- 5.3 Directory Selection from Tree Diagram ....................... 5-6
- 5.3.1 Tree Display Format ................................... 5-6
- 5.3.2 Moving the Tree Highlight (Speed Search) .............. 5-6
- 5.3.3 Moving to a New Drive - [^letter] / [\] ............... 5-7
- 5.3.4 Working Directory Tree - [Alt+w] ...................... 5-8
- 5.3.5 Target Directory Tree - [Alt+t] ....................... 5-8
- 5.4 Directory Selection from Drive List - [\] ................... 5-8
- 5.5 Exchange Working & Target Directories - [Alt+x] ............. 5-9
- 5.6 Directory Recall - [Shift+F10], [Shift+^F10] ................ 5-9
- 5.7 Where's That File? - Option /W and [^w] ..................... 5-9
- 5.8 Working With "SUBST"ed Directories .......................... 5-10
- 5.8.1 From the Command Line ................................. 5-10
- 5.8.2 Interactively ......................................... 5-10
-
- 6. HELP When You Need It - [F1] .................................... 6-1
- 6.1 HELP for Warnings and Other Messages ........................ 6-1
- 6.2 Topic Search by Keyword ..................................... 6-2
-
- 7. UNDO Command - [F2], [^F2] ...................................... 7-1
- 7.1 Partial UNDO ................................................ 7-1
-
- 8. LOOK Command - [F3], [^F3] ...................................... 8-1
- 8.1 LOOK at Subdirectory ........................................ 8-1
- 8.2 LOOK at File Contents (in Working Directory) ................ 8-3
- 8.2.1 Commands in LOOK Mode ................................. 8-3
- a. Hex/ASCII Format Control - [Tab] / [Shift+Tab] ....... 8-3
- b. Printing a File - [Alt+p] / [^p] ..................... 8-3
- c. EGA/VGA Screen Control - [e] ......................... 8-3
- 8.2.2 ASCII Format Display .................................. 8-4
- 8.2.3 ASCII Format Commands ................................. 8-5
- a. TAB Expansion - [#] / [Alt+#] ..................... .. 8-5
- b. Bit-stripping - [b] / [Alt+b] ........................ 8-5
- c. Ruler Line Display - [r] / [u] / [d] ................. 8-6
- d. Jump to New Line - [j] ............................... 8-6
- e. Line Wrapping - [l] / [Alt+l] ........................ 8-6
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page v
-
-
-
- 8.2.4 Hex Format Display .................................... 8-7
- 8.2.5 Hex Format Commands ................................... 8-8
- a. Printability - [p] ................................... 8-8
- b. Bit-stripping - [b] / [Alt+b] ........................ 8-8
- c. Jump to New File Offset - [j] ........................ 8-8
- d. Word-oriented Display - [w], [W] ..................... 8-9
- 8.2.6 LOOK Mode With a Mouse ................................ 8-9
- 8.3 LOOK at File Contents (in Target Directory) - [Alt+F3] ...... 8-9
- 8.4 LOOK at RAM (or ROM, or ???) ................................ 8-10
- 8.5 LOOK at Entire Disk ......................................... 8-10
- 8.6 Mark Data ................................................... 8-11
- 8.6.1 Jump to Marked Area - [Alt+m] ......................... 8-12
- 8.6.2 COPY Marked Area - [F5] ............................... 8-12
- 8.6.3 COPY Unmarked Area - [Alt+F5] ......................... 8-12
- 8.7 Compare Directory Entries - [Shift+F3], [Shift+^F3] ......... 8-13
- 8.8 Compare Files - [Alt+Shift+F3] .............................. 8-13
-
- 9. PATCH Command - [F4], [^F4] ..................................... 9-1
- 9.1 Changing a File's Length .................................... 9-2
- 9.1.1 Appending Bytes to a File - [Alt+z] ................... 9-2
- 9.1.2 Deleting Bytes From a File - [Alt+y]/[Alt+a]/[Alt+b]... 9-2
- 9.2 Updating in PATCH - [Enter] or [^Enter] ..................... 9-2
- 9.3 PATCHing RAM ................................................ 9-3
- 9.4 PATCHing Disks by Sector .................................... 9-3
-
- 10. Synchronization Controls - [Alt+c] .............................. 10-1
- 10.1 Controls for COPY/MOVE ..................................... 10-1
- 10.2 Tagging Confirmation Process ............................... 10-2
- 10.3 Synchronizing/Reconciling Directories ...................... 10-3
- 10.4 Controls for DELETE/DESTROY ................................ 10-3
-
- 11. COPY Command - [F5], [^F5] ...................................... 11-1
- 11.1 COPY a File - [F5] ......................................... 11-2
- 11.2 COPY Multiple Files - [^F5] ................................ 11-2
- 11.3 COPYing Files With Disk Errors ............................. 11-2
- 11.4 COPY a Directory - [F5] .................................... 11-2
- 11.5 CONVERT File Data .......................................... 11-3
- 11.5.1 Remove TABs - [Alt+#] ................................ 11-3
- 11.5.2 Bit-stripping - [Alt+b] .............................. 11-3
-
- 12. MOVE Command - [F6], [^F6] ...................................... 12-1
- 12.1 MOVE a File - [F6] ......................................... 12-1
- 12.2 MOVE Multiple Files - [^F6] ................................ 12-2
- 12.3 MOVE a Directory - [F6] .................................... 12-2
- 12.4 Fast Directory Move ........................................ 12-2
- 12.4.1 What Makes It Fast? .................................. 12-3
- 12.4.2 Had a Problem? Don't Panic! .......................... 12-3
-
- 13. DELETE Command - [F7], [^F7] .................................... 13-1
- 13.1 Deleting Subdirectories .................................... 13-1
- 13.2 Logical DELETE (Ignore) - [Alt+F7], [Alt+^F7] .............. 13-2
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page vi
-
-
-
- 13.3 DESTROY - [Shift+F7], [Shift+^F7] .......................... 13-2
- 13.3.1 Standard DESTROY Method .............................. 13-2
- 13.3.2 High-Security DESTROY ................................ 13-3
- 13.3.3 DESTROY a DRIVE! ..................................... 13-4
-
- 14. DOS Gateway ..................................................... 14-1
- 14.1 The DOS Shell - [F9] ....................................... 14-1
- 14.2 Point-n-Shoot .............................................. 14-1
- 14.2.1 Execute .COM, .EXE or .BAT File - [Alt+F9] ........... 14-2
- 14.2.2 Execute Default Command - [Shift+F8] ................. 14-2
- 14.2.3 Point-n-Shoot with EDDY.USE - [Shift+F9] ............. 14-3
- a. Select a Command ..................................... 14-3
- b. Take Your Choice - [PgDn] ............................ 14-4
- 14.2.4 Point-n-Shoot Again - [Shift+^F8] / [Shift+^F9] ...... 14-5
- 14.3 Using a Swap File .......................................... 14-6
-
- 15. QUIT Command - [F10], [Esc] ..................................... 15-1
- 15.1 Directory Recall - [Shift+F10], [Shift+^F10] ............... 15-1
- 15.2 Exit to Directory - [Alt+F10] .............................. 15-1
- 15.3 EGA and VGA Display Control - [^F10] ....................... 15-1
-
- 16. FIND and/or REPLACE String in File, Disk or RAM ................. 16-1
- 16.1 Entering New FIND Strings - [Alt+f] ........................ 16-2
- 16.2 Global Match Character - [Alt+g] ........................... 16-3
- 16.3 "Don't Match" Attribute - [Alt+k] .......................... 16-3
- 16.4 FIND "Any Text" ............................................ 16-4
- 16.5 FIND String in All Files - [^f] ............................ 16-5
- 16.6 FIND and REPLACE - [Alt+r] ................................. 16-5
-
- 17. File Selection by Filtering ..................................... 17-1
- 17.1 Subdirectories and Filters ................................. 17-1
- 17.2 Filtering by Attribute ..................................... 17-1
- 17.2.1 Attribute Selection from the Command Line ............ 17-1
- 17.2.2 Attribute Selection in EDDY - [Alt+a] / [^a] ......... 17-2
- 17.3 Filtering by Timestamp...................................... 17-2
- 17.3.1 Timestamp Selection from the Command Line ............ 17-2
- 17.3.2 Timestamp Selection in EDDY - [Alt+q] / [^q] ......... 17-3
- 17.4 Exclusion - [*] ............................................ 17-4
-
- 18. Playing With RAM ................................................ 18-1
-
- 19. Volume Identifiers .............................................. 19-1
- 19.1 Volume Labels - [Alt+v] .................................... 19-1
- 19.2 Volume Serial Numbers - [^v] ............................... 19-1
-
- 20. Disk Jockey's Delight (format-level disk functions) ............ 20-1
- 20.1 "Compressed" or "Extended" Drives (CVFs: Stacker, etc.) .... 20-1
- 20.2 LOOK at Entire Disk - [F3] ................................. 20-2
- 20.2.1 Jumping Around ....................................... 20-3
- a. Jump to Sector - [j] ................................. 20-3
- b. Jump to Cluster - [Alt+j] ............................ 20-3
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page vii
-
-
-
- c. Jump to Working Directory - [Alt+w] .................. 20-3
- d. Jump to Target Directory - [Alt+t] ................... 20-3
- e. Jump to Starting Cluster - [Alt+s] ................... 20-3
- f. Jump to Next Cluster - [Alt+n] ....................... 20-4
- g. Jump to Unallocated Cluster - [Alt+u] ................ 20-4
- h. Jump to "Bad Spot" - [Alt+b] ......................... 20-4
- 20.2.2 Displaying Directory Entries - [Alt+d] ............... 20-5
- 20.2.3 Who Owns That Cluster? - [Alt+o] ..................... 20-6
- 20.2.4 COPY Unallocated Sectors ("Snoop") - [^u] ............ 20-7
- 20.3 LOOK at Boot Sector - [^Home] .............................. 20-7
- 20.4 LOOK at Master Boot Record (MBR) - [ ] ..................... 20-8
- 20.5 PATCH Anything on a Disk - [F4] ............................ 20-9
- 20.6 That's Too Dangerous! ...................................... 20-9
- 20.7 FIND Strings Anywhere on a Disk - [Alt+f] .................. 20-9
-
- 21. Working With Disk-Image Data .................................... 21-1
- 21.1 COPY Disk Image - [Shift+F5] ............................... 21-1
- a. Upload/Download Entire Disks ............................. 21-1
- b. Make Multiple Copies Quickly ............................. 21-2
- c. Reduce Disks Needed for Backup ........................... 21-2
- d. No-Hassle Hard Disk Backup ............................... 21-2
- 21.2 Disk-Image Restore - [Shift+F5] ............................ 21-2
- 21.3 COPY Selected Disk Areas ................................... 21-3
- 21.3.1 Mark Sectors (System Area) - [m] ..................... 21-3
- 21.3.2 Mark Clusters (Data Area) - [m] ...................... 21-4
- 21.3.3 Jump to Marked Area - [Alt+m] ........................ 21-4
- 21.4 Data Recovery .............................................. 21-4
-
- 22. Directory Optimization .......................................... 22-1
- 22.1 Sorting a Directory ........................................ 22-2
- 22.2 Shuffling a Directory - [Alt+F6] ........................... 22-3
- 22.3 Packing a Directory ........................................ 22-4
- 22.4 Had a Problem? Don't Panic! ................................ 22-4
-
- 23. UPDATE Mode - [Enter], [^Enter] ................................. 23-1
- 23.1 Applying Changes ........................................... 23-1
- 23.2 Print a Record of Your Changes - [Alt+p] / [^p] ............ 23-2
- 23.3 Target Capacity Check ...................................... 23-2
- 23.4 Error Recovery ............................................. 23-4
- 23.4.1 Data Errors .......................................... 23-4
- 23.4.2 Cross-linked Files ................................... 23-5
-
- 24. Batch Operations ................................................ 24-1
- 24.1 Commands Available ......................................... 24-1
- 24.2 Processing Sequence ........................................ 24-1
- 24.3 Synchronization Controls ................................... 24-1
- 24.4 ERRORLEVEL ................................................. 24-2
-
- 25. Tracking Directory Changes with "Snapshots" ..................... 25-1
- 25.1 Take Snapshot - [Shift+F5] ................................. 25-1
- 25.1.1 Snap Working Directory Only .......................... 25-1
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page viii
-
-
-
- 25.1.2 Snap Working Directory Subtree ....................... 25-2
- 25.2 Compare Directories with Snapshots - [Shift+F3] ............ 25-2
- 25.2.1 Working Directory Snapshot Comparison ................ 25-3
- 25.2.2 Subtree Snapshot Comparison .......................... 25-4
- 25.3 Interrupting Snapshot Processing - [^c] .................... 25-4
-
- 26. EDDY's Default Settings are Lousy! .............................. 26-1
- 26.1 Customizing - "EDDY/0" ..................................... 26-1
- 26.2 Rainbow Selection - [Alt+r] ................................ 26-3
- 26.3 Customizing a New Version of EDDY .......................... 26-4
- 26.3.1 EDDY.INI ............................................. 26-4
- 26.3.2 Configuration Parameters ............................. 26-5
- a. [administrivia] .... ................................. 26-5
- b. [screen] ............................................. 26-6
- c. [mouse] .............................................. 26-7
- d. [printer] ............................................ 26-7
- e. [EDIT mode] .......................................... 26-7
- f. [LOOK mode] .......................................... 26-9
- g. [DOS Gateway] ........................................ 26-10
- 26.3.3 Defining a Key - [Alt+k] ............................. 26-10
- 26.4 How Do I Get Rid of the *$#^&! "UNREGISTERED" Message? ..... 26-10
- 26.5 And How About the (expletive deleted) "Register?" Button? .. 26-11
-
- 27. Registration is FOREVER! ........................................ 27-1
- 27.1 Pricing .................................................... 27-1
- 27.1.1 Payment .............................................. 27-1
- 27.1.2 Updates .............................................. 27-2
- 27.2 Registration by Credit Card ................................ 27-2
- 27.3 Registration by Mail ....................................... 27-2
- 27.4 Registration via Compuserve - GO SWREG ..................... 27-3
- 27.5 "The License" .............................................. 27-3
- 27.6 Pass a Copy to a Friend ("de-personalized") ................ 27-3
- 27.7 EDDY is NOT Free and NOT Public Domain! .................... 27-4
-
- 28. Distribution and Support / Disclaimer ........................... 28-1
- 28.1 Technical Support .......................................... 28-2
- 28.2 How Can I Get in Touch With You? ........................... 28-3
- 28.3 Where Can I Find the Latest Version? ....................... 28-4
- 28.4 A.S.P. Ombudsman ........................................... 28-5
-
- Appendix A - Command Reference (Keys: Shiftless and Otherwise) ...... A-1
- I. Function Keys .............................................. A-1
- II. Letters .................................................... A-2
- III. Numbers .................................................... A-5
- IV. Miscellaneous Keys ......................................... A-5
-
- Appendix B - What Does That Message Mean? ........................... B-1
-
- Appendix C - Printer Setup Commands ................................. C-1
-
- Appendix D - Mouse Problems (Technical Note) ........................ D-1
-
- Registration Form .............................................. last page
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-1
-
-
-
- 1. Introduction to EDDY
-
- Modestly billed as "THE WORLD'S GREATEST DISK UTILITY", EDDY lets you do
- just about ANYTHING you ever wanted to disks, directories and files, plus a
- lot of things you probably never thought of! Common stuff (find, copy,
- rename, patch, view, zap, etc.) is generally easier than with other tools;
- features you seldom need are LIFESAVERS when you do. Reviewers say:
- "clean, easy to use, well-written", "quality [like] we've seen from Peter
- Norton", "the interface is elegant", "excellent documentation".
-
- EDDY is ALL of these...
- Full-screen directory editor
- Disk and directory manager
- DOS shell
- Sector editor
- RAM editor
- File finder (by name, attributes and/or timestamp)
- File viewer/patcher/comparer
- File backup utility
- String finder/replacer (hex and/or ASCII)
- Data recovery utility
- Printer setup utility
- ...and MUCH more!
-
- Most of what EDDY does isn't new; the program was developed as a test of
- the "Build a better mousetrap..." theory of economics. However, it often
- provides a "new twist" on approaches to old problems.
-
- Some of the features and capabilities that have been reported by users as
- particularly helpful (along with some of my own ideas about what's neat)
- are described in the EDDY_WHY.DOC file.
-
- EDDY is also cheaper (but NOT free! It is not in the public domain.) EDDY
- is "shareware", sometimes known as "user-supported" software. Distribution
- and use of EDDY are subject to the conditions described in Section 28.
-
-
- 1.1 Hardware Requirements
-
- EDDY needs the following hardware and software:
- - IBM PC, one of its descendants, or close compatible
- - A monitor that can accommodate 25x80 text mode display
- - At least 256K of available conventional memory
- (if you're tight on memory, use option /U -- see Section 2.3)
- - PC- or MS-DOS level 2.0 or later
-
- If your monitor has more than 25 lines, EDDY can use them (up to a maximum
- of 66 lines -- see Section 26.3.2b, the "max lines" parameter, for
- information on customizing EDDY for this).
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-2
-
-
-
- 1.2 Installation
-
- To install, copy (or decompress) the EDDY files into any directory.
-
- 1.2.1 INSTALLATION IS NOW COMPLETE!
-
- That's all there is to it.
-
- Getting acquainted with the program is simple, too. Just type "EDDY"
- (without the quotes) and then [Enter].
-
- EDDY doesn't need to be in its own directory, nor even in the PATH. It'll
- find its files as long as at least the following are in the same directory:
- EDDY.COM, EDDY.AUX, EDDY.USE, EDDY.INI. If you are tight on disk space,
- the only files that are ABSOLUTELY required are EDDY.COM and EDDY.AUX.
-
- That's all there is to it! There are extensive, context-sensitive HELP
- facilities -- press [F1] -- and pull-down menus -- [Alt+F1]. HELP includes
- all of the basic information needed to use EDDY. There is no danger of
- damage to your disk data, because no changes will be made to any of your
- directories or files until you tell EDDY to do so.
-
- If EDDY's display is blurred, unreadable, or strange-looking, try "EDDY/M".
- If this works, create a customized copy with option /M on (see Section 26).
-
-
- 1.2.2 Un-Installation
-
- If you decide not to continue using EDDY, and want to get rid of it from
- your disk, just type "DEL EDDY*.*" and [Enter]. If you DO do this, please
- let me know what it is you don't like. In a number of cases, I have been
- able to modify EDDY to eliminate the cause of dissatisfaction.
-
-
- 1.2.3 Printing the Manual (this file)
-
- Many users like to print a copy of the manual. It's all plain ASCII text,
- with formfeeds to keep the paging straight, so most any print utility will
- do the job. DOS's PRINT command is fine.
-
- a. Page Format
-
- The manual pages are formatted to fit on 8-1/2 x 11 paper, using 10
- characters per inch ("Pica") type pitch -- the default for most printers.
-
- Page length is 59 lines or less, and MOST lines are a maximum of 78
- characters wide. There is a 3 character left margin for punching holes,
- and a 2 character right margin.
-
- There are a few pages that contain screen samples, which require 80
- characters per line. An example is Figure 1-1, in Section 1.4.
-
- b. Using A4 Paper
-
- For European users' convenience, the page layout also accommodates printing
- on A4 paper -- EXCEPT for the pages with screen samples.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-3
-
-
-
- To get the complete manual printed neatly on A4 sheets, I suggest you set
- your printer to use 12 characters per inch ("Elite") type pitch, and set
- the left margin to 6-8 to get the lines roughly centered on the page.
- These settings give a nice appearance on 8-1/2 x 11 paper too. This also
- handles "print screen" output neatly, so you might consider making these
- printer settings your default. (Nothing to do with EDDY; just a
- suggestion).
-
- On many printers, these settings can be made from the control panel. If
- not, most printers accept command strings via software to accomplish the
- same thing. EDDY provides printer setup capabilities to do this, too.
- For more info on this, look at the examples and explanations in the
- EDDY.USE file, and see Appendix C of this document.
-
-
- 1.3 Using EDDY With Windows
-
- Two files are supplied to make using EDDY with MS Windows more familiar to
- Windows users: EDDY.PIF and EDDY.ICO. These are the standard, Windows-
- format Program Information File and an Icon file.
-
- The steps listed below __ARE NOT REQUIRED__ to run EDDY under Windows, but
- may be used if you want the interface to EDDY from Windows to be smoother
- than execution from a command line in a generic DOS box.
-
- For explanation purposes, assume that EDDY will be installed in a directory
- called C:\UTIL\EDDY. If you use a different directory, just substitute
- yours in steps 1, 7 and 9. To install EDDY in Windows...
-
- 1. Copy the files to C:\UTIL\EDDY (or whatever).
- 2. Choose the group you want EDDY in (click on any icon in that group).
- 3. In Program Manager, click on "File", then "New", then "Program Item".
- 4. Click on "OK".
- 5. Type the program description ("EDit DirectorY", or whatever you want).
- 6. Click on "Command Line".
- 7. Type C:\UTIL\EDDY\EDDY.COM (or whatever).
- 8. Click on "Working Directory".
- 9. Type C:\UTIL\EDDY (or whatever).
- 10. Click on "Change Icon". If you see a "no icons" message, click "OK".
- 11. Click on "Browse", and select the drive and directory where you have
- installed EDDY.
- 12. Double click on "EDDY.ICO", then click on "OK".
- 13. Click on "OK" again.
-
- WINDOWS INSTALLATION IS NOW COMPLETE!
-
- You may now run EDDY simply by double clicking on the EDDY icon. When you
- exit from EDDY, there will be a brief delay to allow you to view the
- screen. If you don't want to wait for that, press any key to return to
- Windows immediately. This delay does not occur with a registered copy.
-
- If you switch from running EDDY to some other Windows task, the EDDY icon
- will be displayed, to remind you that EDDY is still running. There is a
- "hot key" defined in EDDY.PIF -- [Alt+^F9] -- that you may use to switch
- quickly back to EDDY. This may be changed by using the Windows PIF Editor.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-4
-
-
-
- 1.4 EDDY's Display
-
- This is a sample of a typical EDDY display, which might have resulted from
- entering the command "EDDY A:"
-
- ================================================================================
- filename.ext size mmddyy time RHSDAN ^
- |
- DIR of A:\*.* |
- Drive A: is DEVELOPMT 109 files, 308224 bytes, 2048 bytes free|
- 87322 bytes wasted |
- BAT <DIR> 2-04-87 9:15:04p ...D.. |======| |
- EDDY <DIR> 1-25-87 12:52:12p ...D.. | MENU | |
- AUTOEXEC BAT 788 10-21-86 11:30:10a ....A. |======| >
- CMDSUB ASM 12856 9-17-86 7:45:26p ....A. [Alt+F1] |
- CMDSUB OBJ 1246 9-17-86 7:52:38p ....A. |===| |
- COMMAND COM 22885 11-26-85 10:22:08p ....A. |======| | R | |
- CONFIG SYS 79 10-18-86 7:31:12p ...... | HELP | | E | |
- CONVRT ASM 5927 9-06-86 11:15:16a ...... |======| | G | |
- CONVRT OBJ 499 9-06-86 11:20:52a ...... [F1] | I | |
- ERROUT ASM 5663 9-15-86 8:15:24p ...... | S | |
- ERROUT OBJ 2127 9-15-86 8:16:12p ...... |======| | T | |
- EXX SYS 9054 11-18-85 12:00:00p ....A. | LOOK | | E | |
- PRINT COM 8339 11-18-85 12:00:00p ...... |======| | R | |
- PSP DEF 1195 1-29-87 7:21:04p ....A. [Enter] |===| |
- UTLSUB ASM 10649 2-09-87 1:49:34a ....A. [Alt+z] |
- UTLSUB OBJ 965 2-09-87 1:50:32a ....A. |======| |
- VDISK SYS 2721 11-18-85 12:00:00p ...... | QUIT | |
- WOBBLY DAT 6001 9-11-83 9:21:42p ....A. |======| |
- WOMBAT EXE 80201 1-02-83 9:00:46a ...... [F10] |
- Target: none |
- -EDIT- seq=N [F2]:UNDO [F3]:LOOK [F5]:COPY [F6]:MOVE [F7]:DELETE [F9]:DOSv
- ================================================================================
-
- Figure 1-1
-
- Figure 1-1 is the default display style (attributes style=1). There is
- another style for displaying attributes, shown below in Figure 1-2. You
- may toggle between these two styles by pressing [Tab].
-
- If you prefer the style in Figure 1-2 (attributes style=2), you may
- customize EDDY accordingly, to make that style the default. See Sections
- 4.4 and 26.3.2e (the "attributes style" parameter) for more information.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-5
-
-
-
- ================================================================================
- filename.ext size mmddyy time RHSDAN ^
- |
- DIR of A:\*.* |
- Drive A: is DEVELOPMT 109 files, 308224 bytes, 2048 bytes free|
- 87322 bytes wasted |
- BAT <DIR> 2-04-87 9:15:04p nnnynn |======| |
- EDDY <DIR> 1-25-87 12:52:12p nnnynn | MENU | |
- AUTOEXEC BAT 788 10-21-86 11:30:10a nnnnyn |======| >
- CMDSUB ASM 12856 9-17-86 7:45:26p nnnnyn [Alt+F1] |
- CMDSUB OBJ 1246 9-17-86 7:52:38p nnnnyn |===| |
- COMMAND COM 22885 11-26-85 10:22:08p nnnnyn |======| | R | |
- CONFIG SYS 79 10-18-86 7:31:12p nnnnnn | HELP | | E | |
- CONVRT ASM 5927 9-06-86 11:15:16a nnnnnn |======| | G | |
- CONVRT OBJ 499 9-06-86 11:20:52a nnnnnn [F1] | I | |
- ERROUT ASM 5663 9-15-86 8:15:24p nnnnnn | S | |
- ERROUT OBJ 2127 9-15-86 8:16:12p nnnnnn |======| | T | |
- EXX SYS 9054 11-18-85 12:00:00p nnnnyn | LOOK | | E | |
- PRINT COM 8339 11-18-85 12:00:00p nnnnnn |======| | R | |
- PSP DEF 1195 1-29-87 7:21:04p nnnnyn [Enter] |===| |
- UTLSUB ASM 10649 2-09-87 1:49:34a nnnnyn [Alt+z] |
- UTLSUB OBJ 965 2-09-87 1:50:32a nnnnyn |======| |
- VDISK SYS 2721 11-18-85 12:00:00p nnnnnn | QUIT | |
- WOBBLY DAT 6001 9-11-83 9:21:42p nnnnyn |======| |
- WOMBAT EXE 80201 1-02-83 9:00:46a nnnnnn [F10] |
- Target: none |
- -EDIT- seq=N [F2]:UNDO [F3]:LOOK [F5]:COPY [F6]:MOVE [F7]:DELETE [F9]:DOSv
- ================================================================================
-
- Figure 1-2
-
- The rectangles on the right side of the screen are used as "click" buttons
- with a mouse; clicking on them results in the indicated action. They are
- actually displayed as neat boxes with double outlines, but those characters
- don't show up well on many printers. Although primarily intended for use
- with a mouse, they may also be used with the keyboard.
-
- If you "click" in the blank area near the rectangles, the last command (if
- any) that was executed by using the menu will be repeated. This is useful
- for tagging several files for the same action, such as COPY or DELETE, e.g.
-
- When you have used the "Update" function 5 times, the "REGISTER" button
- will be highlighted, as a reminder that registration might be appropriate.
- The "REGISTER" button does not appear if you are using a registered copy of
- the program.
-
- At the right edge is a scroll bar, shown here only as an approximation of
- the actual display. The scroll bar is also intended mainly for mouse use
- (see Section 2.1.3), but may be used with the keyboard, too.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-6
-
-
-
- 1.5 What You See Is What You Edit (WYSIWYE?)
-
- EDDY starts by displaying the entries in the selected directory. You may
- edit those entries, including filename, date, time and attributes. Just
- move the cursor to the field you want to edit, and type your changes.
-
- You may also select files to be patched, copied, moved, deleted, etc. (For
- more information on specific commands, see Section 2.2) All changes will be
- shown on the screen, but no changes will be made on disk until you tell
- EDDY to do so. EDDY applies the requested changes to disk when you enter
- UPDATE mode, by pressing [Enter]. EDDY will ask you to confirm that you
- want to write to disk (by pressing [Enter] again), and will give you the
- choice of returning to EDIT without making any changes.
-
- At any time before writing changes to disk (in UPDATE mode), you may change
- your mind and UNDO the changes. [F2] UNDOes changes to the current file,
- [^F2] UNDOes all changes to all files.
-
-
- 1.5.1 Working and Target Directory
-
- The directory displayed by EDDY is referred to as the "working directory".
- If any files are copied or moved, they are put in the "target directory".
-
- The working directory path you use may have a file specification (wildcards
- allowed) appended to it. If it does, only files that match that file
- specification are included in the display; if not, "*.*" is used. You may
- also press [*], to tell eddy to EXCLUDE any files that match, and include
- only those that DON'T match the file specification. See Section 17.4.
-
- The working and target directories may be given on the DOS command line
- when you execute EDDY. They may be changed at any time (see Section 5).
- If the command line doesn't specify any directory, the DOS default
- directory on the default drive will be the initial working directory.
-
- The target directory currently in use, if any, is shown in the lower right
- hand corner of the display, on the next-to-last line. If "target tracking"
- is in effect (see Section 5.2.3), the display will show "Target=" instead
- of the normal "Target:".
-
- If a directory path is very long, it may not fit in the available screen
- space. EDDY will "abbreviate" the path to fit the space. An abbreviated
- path includes "\*#*\" in place of one or more subdirectories that have been
- omitted from the displayed string in order to make it fit. The "#" is
- actually a digit, showing how many subdirectories have been omitted.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-7
-
-
-
- 1.5.2 Sequence & Sorting
-
- The information in this section concerns the sequence of the display on the
- screen; you may also sort the directory permanently, on the disk. Refer to
- Section 22.1 for more details on this.
-
- EDDY's starting display is sorted by file name. The sequence is indicated
- on the last line of the display. In Figure 1-1 the last line shows the
- notation "seq=N", indicating sort by NAME. Possible values of "seq" are:
-
- "D" - sorted by DATE, time, name & extension
- "E" - sorted by EXTENSION & name
- "H" - sorted by HOUR & minute
- "N" - sorted by NAME & extension
- "S" - sorted by SIZE, name & extension
- "U" - UNSORTED; i.e., in the sequence stored in the directory by DOS
-
- EDDY builds the first display in name sequence. If you would prefer a
- different initial sequence, refer to Section 3.2 for information on the
- use of option /1 to change the sort sequence for the initial display.
-
- To change the sequence, press [Alt+d], [Alt+e], [Alt+h], [Alt+n], [Alt+s]
- or [Alt+u]. The directory will be re-sorted in the sequence requested, and
- the "seq" field on the bottom line will be updated.
-
- Subdirectories are an exception: except for UNSORTED sequence, all
- subdirectories are grouped at the top of the display, before any file
- entries. This is to make it easier to move around the disk, from
- subdirectory to subdirectory, using the LOOK command (see Section 8.1).
-
- To invert the order of the display (e.g., to get the files with the most
- recent dates at the top), press [Alt+i]. When the display is inverted, an
- up-and-down arrow appears just to the right of the "seq" field.
-
- Once the display has been inverted, it remains that way until [Alt+i] is
- pressed again; [Alt+i] is a toggle. Thus, if the display is by date,
- inverted (i.e., newest date first) and you press [Alt+s], the resulting
- display will be by size, inverted (biggest files first).
-
- Inverting is different from sorting. Inverting just reverses the order of
- the list of files currently displayed, and makes any later sort produce an
- inverted list. Inverting does not cause the directory to be reprocessed.
-
- Under some unusual circumstances, you may see the following warning message
- when you enter a command to re-sort:
- "Sorting cancels changes not UPDATEd. Sort (y/n)?"
-
- This occurs when you have very little memory available for EDDY's use, and
- there are lots of pending changes when you enter the command. EDDY will
- always handle at least 160 pending changes without this problem.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-8
-
-
-
- 1.5.3 Number of Files
-
- With displays containing more than one page, an arrow, pointing up and/or
- down appears in the upper right corner to show that there is more data to
- be viewed by scrolling in that direction.
-
- EDDY can display up to 800 or so directory entries, depending on available
- memory. This is a limit on the display, not on the size of directories.
- If you had, say, 1500 files in directory "\BIGDIR", and you wanted to work
- with assembler source files, typing "EDDY \BIGDIR\*.ASM" would yield a
- display of all .ASM files (up to around 800).
-
- If EDDY's display capacity is exceeded, the number of files indicated on
- the third line ("109 files" in Figure 1-1) will be replaced by two numbers.
- The first is the number of files displayed, and the second is the
- additional number of files which would have been displayed if there had
- been enough room. In Figure 1-1, if the directory had contained 930
- entries, the "109 files" would be replaced by "800+0130 files".
-
- When EDDY finds too many files to display at once, files are "dropped off"
- the end of the list according to the current sequence. For example, if the
- sequence is by date, inverted, the files with the oldest dates would be
- dropped. Sorting again will reprocess the entire directory, dropping those
- files which come at the end of the list according to the new sequence.
- (Inverting will redisplay the current list in the opposite order.)
-
- It is possible to display up to double EDDY's capacity, by first displaying
- the files in one sequence and then inverting and re-sorting. Suppose a
- directory had 1500 entries, and was displayed in "Name" sequence. The first
- 800 files would be displayed. To see the rest of the files in this
- directory, press [Alt+i]. This would show the rest of the files, starting
- from the opposite end, in inverted name sequence.
-
-
- 1.5.4 File Sizes, Disk Capacity & Wasted Space
-
- The display also shows the number of bytes used by the files in the
- directory, the number of free bytes left on the disk, and wasted space
- (more on this below). Space occupied by subdirectories normally is not
- included in the display (but see discussion in Section 1.5.5).
-
- If the directory has more files than EDDY can display, the "bytes used" is
- the total for all files (i.e., the "800+0130 files" in the example).
-
- If you're already familiar with the details of the DOS file system, you may
- want to skip directly to section 1.5.4a. For the best in-depth discussion
- of this subject that I've found, see "Hard Disk Secrets", by John Goodman,
- published by IDG Books Worldwide, Inc., 1993.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-9
-
-
-
- DOS allocates space for files in units called "clusters", which are powers-
- of-2 multiples of disk sectors (a sector is usually 512 bytes). A typical
- hard disk cluster size is 8192, with 16384 and larger becoming more common.
-
- Physical disks may be divided into logical volumes (partitions) by using
- DOS's "FDISK" command. Larger partitions have larger cluster sizes. The
- actual number of clusters formatted for any given disk depends both on the
- disk partition size and on the DOS version that was used to format it.
- DOS's file system is limited to a theoretical maximum of 65,518 clusters
- per partition (the number of clusters must be representable in no more than
- 16 bits, cluster numbers begin with 2, and some of the numbers at the end
- of the range have special meanings; hence the strange maximum value).
-
- Allocation by clusters means that a file with only one byte of data in it
- will still occupy 8192 bytes (or whatever your cluster size is) of disk
- space. The other 8191 bytes are completely wasted, and unusable for
- storing any other data.
-
- File sizes are the number of bytes of data in the files, rather than space
- on the disk assigned to the files; thus, the "bytes used" is almost always
- larger than the total of the file sizes. This difference is reflected in
- the number indicated as "bytes wasted (cluster basis)", on the third line
- of the display. The calculation is: bytes-wasted =
- (clusters-used * bytes-per-cluster) - sum-of-file-sizes.
- The "cluster basis" qualifier is explained in the next section.
-
- For diskettes with no subdirectories, and with all files displayed (*.*),
- the bytes used plus bytes free should equal the disk capacity. If not, try
- running "CHKDSK" to see if there is some lost disk space to be reclaimed.
-
-
- a. Compressed Volume File (CVF) Space Usage - [Shift+Tab]
-
- With "compressed volumes" (managed by disk compression software such as
- Stacker, DoubleSpace, etc.), although usage is still expressed in clusters
- for compatibility with DOS, the unused space in a cluster is managed
- internally by the software, and very little is actually wasted.
-
- In general, disk compression software would take a maximum of 1 sector (512
- bytes) to store the example 1-byte file, but it would still report a full
- cluster used (8192 bytes) for DOS compatibility. Internally, the software
- would actually use the remainder of the cluster (15 sectors, 7680 bytes)
- for storing other files. Some software even uses the slack space WITHIN a
- sector, resulting in still more effective compression.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-10
-
-
-
- Actually, things are not quite this straightforward (are they ever?). The
- disk compression software reports to DOS more free space on the disk than
- actually exists, since it normally expects to compress files by about 2:1.
- Reporting actual space would make DOS think the "disk" was full when there
- was really space for more (compressed) files.
-
- To calculate the TRUE space utilization for a CVF requires a detailed
- knowledge of the algorithms and data structures, which are different for
- each product. In most cases, the information is not generally available.
-
- So, the space REALLY used by a file is USUALLY less than the amount shown;
- thus the actual amount of wasted space is really unknown for a compressed
- disk. As an approximation, we can assume that files are stored by sectors,
- rather than clusters, and calculate the wasted space on that basis.
-
- All that long winded discussion is really leading up to is that you can get
- a BETTER -- but far from exact -- idea of wasted space on a CVF if the
- calculation is on a sector basis. To allow this calculation to be made,
- the number of sectors needed to store each file is summed (same as the
- cluster-based calculation if each cluster were one sector long). The
- calculation then is: bytes-wasted =
- (sectors-needed * bytes-per-sector) - sum-of-file-sizes.
-
- Clearly, this is not accurate either, because it doesn't take into account
- the compression of the files; in general, a file whose size is greater than
- one sector is likely to compress to fewer sectors than its uncompressed
- size suggests. So the number displayed for "wasted bytes (sector basis)"
- on a CVF is an estimate only, and USUALLY is larger than the true number.
-
- To toggle the display between "cluster basis" and "sector basis" displays,
- press [Shift+Tab].
-
-
- b. Reclaiming Wasted Space
-
- This section DOES NOT apply to CVFs or floppy disks.
-
- If you often see large numbers in the "bytes wasted" field of EDDY's
- display, you may be able to gain multi-megabytes of additional disk space
- by re-partitioning your hard disk.
-
- LOOK at your disk by pressing [F3] on the "Drive..." line of the display,
- then view the MBR -- Master Boot Record -- by pressing [ ]. If there is no
- MBR, as with RAM disks and CVFs, no re-partitioning can be done, and you
- may as well skip the rest of this section.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-11
-
-
-
- If you have lots of small files, the wasted space can easily be over half
- the capacity of your disk. Try looking at a directory that contains mostly
- batch files; you'll probably find that nearly ALL the space is wasted.
-
- Unfortunately, EDDY can't solve this problem for you; what it DOES do is
- alert you that the problem exists. The way to reclaim this wasted space is
- by using the FDISK command to divide your disk into several smaller
- partitions, each of which will have a smaller cluster size. (I guess it's
- obligatory at this point to state the obvious: Do a full backup before you
- use FDISK, or you'll lose all your data.)
-
- The sizes you should choose depend on a variety of factors, such as the
- average sizes of files to be stored, your willingness to deal with the
- complexity of multiple partitions (remembering which partition a particular
- file is in), and the version of DOS you are using.
-
-
- c. Choosing a Partition Size
-
- The following information is offered to help you in deciding what partition
- sizes you might want to use for your hard disk.
-
- - DOS 2.x always uses a cluster size of 4096, and a partition can be a
- maximum of 32 MB.
-
- - DOS 3.x is also limited to 32 MB partitions, but cluster size may vary
- according to the specific DOS version and the size of the File Allocation
- Table (FAT) entries used (12- or 16-bit). FAT size is chosen by DOS,
- based on partition size combined with day of the week (or some other
- equally-unobvious factor).
-
- . partitions up to 8 MB may have 2048-byte clusters with 12-bit FATs
- . partitions of 8 to 15 MB may have 4096-byte clusters with 12-bit FATs
- . partitions of 16 to 32 MB may have 2048-byte clusters with 16-bit FATs
-
- - DOS 4.0 and above are able to handle disk partitions larger than 32 MB.
- Partitions less than 16 MB may be given 12-bit FATS, and handled as
- described for DOS 3.x, above. Partitions of 16 MB or greater always have
- 16-bit FATs, and the following cluster sizes:
-
- 16 - 127 MB: 2048-byte clusters
- 128 - 255 MB: 4096
- 256 - 511 MB: 8192
- 512 - 1023 MB: 16384
- 1024 - 2047 MB: 32768
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-12
-
-
-
- 1.5.5 Directory Sizes
-
- Normally, for a subdirectory, you'll see "<DIR>" in the size field, and the
- space occupied by the directories won't appear in the "bytes used" summary.
- However, these directories do occupy space on the disk. A single entry
- (file or subdirectory) in a directory requires 32 bytes; thus, 128 entries
- fit in a typical 4096-byte cluster. If a directory has more entries than
- can fit in a cluster, more clusters are allocated to the directory.
-
- If you'd like to see how much space is actually occupied by the subdirec-
- tories on your disk, use option /D (see Section 2.3 for a discussion of
- options). But be prepared to wait longer for the display to be built; DOS
- does not report directory sizes through its normal services. EDDY must
- interpret low-level format and FAT information directly, reading the
- relevant sectors of the disk to get this information. The sizes are shown
- between "<" and ">" brackets (e.g., "<2048>", so directories are still
- easily differentiated from files in the display.
-
- When displayed, directory sizes (except for the "." and ".." entries) are
- included in the "bytes used" summary. The size of the "." entry is the
- size of the directory being displayed; it is not part of the space
- allocated to the files in that directory. The ".." entry is also not
- included in the summary figure. If the ".." entry is actually the root
- directory, you will see "<ROOT>" instead of a size, as the root size is
- fixed by the formatting process, and does not occupy space that would
- otherwise be available for file storage.
-
- If you delete entries, the directory space is NOT released; directories
- always stay as large as the most space that was ever required for them,
- even if there are NO files currently in the directory. With standard DOS
- facilities, the only way to free up unused directory space is by deleting
- the directory itself. EDDY offers another way, allowing you to free up
- space wasted in this way; see Section 22.3 for more information on this.
-
-
- 1.5.6 How About a Date? (non-USA date formats)
-
- If you use a date format other than the USA standard "mm-dd-yy", EDDY will
- use the format you choose (usually by use of "COUNTRY.SYS" in your
- CONFIG.SYS file). The column heading above the date will indicate which
- format is being used, showing "mmddyy", "ddmmyy" or "yymmdd", accordingly.
-
-
- 1.6 Printing
-
- By default, EDDY will print to the device on LPT1 -- normally, a printer
- connected to a parallel port. If your printer setup is different, you may
- customize EDDY to use the correct device name instead, using the "port"
- configuration parameter in EDDY.INI. See Section 26.3.2d for details.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-13
-
-
-
- 1.6.1 Print a Copy of What's Displayed - [Alt+p] / [^p]
-
- EDDY's displays may be printed, by pressing [Alt+p]. The basic, EDIT mode
- directory display, the LOOK mode file display (in either hex or text
- format), and the list of files and actions involved in an UPDATE may all
- be printed if you wish.
-
- If you would prefer to send the print-formatted output to a file, press
- [^p] instead of [Alt+p]. If you choose to "print" to a file, you will be
- asked to specify the filename to be used (the default is "EDDY.PRN"). If
- the file already exists in the working directory, you may choose either to
- append the new data to it or overwrite it.
-
- When printing, EDDY tries to ensure that characters that may be interpreted
- as control strings by the printer are not sent to the printer. It does
- this in a very simple-minded way, which is explained in Section 8.2.5a. If
- you send the output to a file, however, this is not a problem; EDDY sends
- the bytes "as-is" (as-are?) to the file, with one exception -- any "^Z"s
- will be written as spaces.
-
- In EDIT and LOOK modes, pressing any key during the printing will stop the
- printing operation. In UPDATE mode, you can turn printing off by pressing
- [Alt+p] or [^p] again. Pressing any other key suspends the UPDATE process.
-
-
- 1.6.2 Printer Control
-
- There are thousands of variations of printer commands, which differ by
- manufacturer and model. Except for the most basic commands (advancing a
- line or ejecting a page), you'll have to do a little research to find out
- what your printer uses. Once you have this information, you can put it
- into the EDDY.USE file (see Appendix C), from where you can change your
- printer setup easily from then on.
-
-
- a. Formfeed / Linefeed - [Alt+0] / [Alt+1]
-
- A couple of simple, virtually universal, printer commands are defined in
- EDDY. For anything more complex, see the next section.
-
- Available commands (in EDIT and LOOK modes), and their hot keys, are:
-
- - Send formfeed (page eject) [Alt+0]
- - Send linefeed (advance 1 line) [Alt+1]
-
-
- b. Printer Commands in EDDY.USE - [Alt+9]
-
- Any commands that you want to use with your printer -- for example, to
- change the type pitch (characters per inch) -- may be defined in a file
- called "EDDY.USE". EDDY.USE may be created with any editor or word
- processor which can produce a simple ASCII file. EDDY.USE may also contain
- "Point-n-Shoot" commands; their use is explained in Section 14.2.3.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 1-14
-
-
-
- A sample EDDY.USE is part of the EDDY distribution package. This sample
- includes extensive explanatory comments, and I hope it will suggest ways in
- which EDDY can help your system be easier and more convenient to use.
-
- The details of the format used to specify printer control strings in
- EDDY.USE are provided in Appendix C.
-
- To make use of the printer commands in EDDY.USE, press [Alt+9] and follow
- the directions displayed on the screen.
-
-
- 1.7 List Files - [Alt+l] (that's an "L", not a "ONE")
-
- List files are simple ASCII text files containing filenames, one per line,
- with or without path specifications. They may be used as input to other
- programs, such as PKZIP, to tell those programs what files to operate on.
- They may be edited into "response" files used by programs such as Borland's
- TLINK, or they may be edited into batch files for any other purpose.
-
- What EDDY offers is a simple, versatile way to create these ASCII files.
- The list of filenames may be selected from one or more directories, and
- doesn't have to include ALL files from those directories.
-
- When you press [Alt+l] in EDIT mode, EDDY will create a list file in the
- current working directory. It will contain all filenames, and optionally,
- all subdirectory names -- except the list file itself -- from the display
- that are not tagged as "Ignore" (see Section 13.2 for more on "Ignore").
-
- You will be given a choice of including the working directory path with
- each filename, or not. If you are going to build a list file with names
- from more than one directory, you probably should include the pathnames.
-
- You will also be asked whether or not you want to include subdirectory
- names in the list file.
-
- After you create the list file in the first directory, COPY or MOVE the
- list file to the next directory that has files you want to include, and
- make that directory the new working directory. Press [Alt+l] again. EDDY
- will offer you the choice of appending to or overwriting the list file.
- Choose "append", and add the files from that directory. Repeat the process
- as many times as required.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 2-1
-
-
- 2. Telling EDDY What To Do
-
- As mentioned above, EDDY's basic display provides full screen editing
- capabilities -- just move the cursor to the data you want to change, and
- type in the new data.
-
- The cursor may be moved with the keyboard or by mouse. A "scroll bar" is
- also available. [NumLock] state (ON/OFF) is always ignored by EDDY --
- i.e., treated as OFF -- unless [NumLock] is pressed while EDDY is running.
- Once it has been pressed, its state is recognized and treated accordingly.
-
- Other capabilities of EDDY are called upon by using commands. Commands may
- be entered in whichever of the following ways you find most convenient:
-
- - Hot Keys
- - Pull-Down Menus
- - Command Line
-
- 2.1 Moving Around
-
- Some fields on the screen, such as file size, can't be edited. These
- fields are "protected" so that the cursor can't be moved to that position.
- Instead, it will move to the next unprotected position.
-
-
- 2.1.1 Using the Keyboard
-
- In this document, key names are enclosed in brackets -- "[" and "]".
-
- The "arrow" characters are not printable in general, so the cursor control
- keys are indicated by the word -- left, right, up, down -- for the
- direction of the arrow that's printed on the key cap.
-
- In key names, the prefix "^" means the key is pressed at the same time as
- the [Ctrl] shift key. The notations [Alt+key] or [Shift+key] mean that the
- [Alt] or [Shift] key is pressed at the same time as the indicated "key".
-
- EDDY's cursor is moved around in the display as follows:
-
- [Up] - move up 1 line [PgUp] - up 1 page
- [Down] - move down 1 line [PgDn] - down 1 page
- [Home] - move to top of page [End] - move to end of page
- [^Home] - display first page* [^End] - display last page*
- [Left] - left 1 column [Right] - right 1 column
- [left bracket] - left 1 field [right bracket] - right 1 field
- [^Left] - move to column 1 [^Right] - move to last column
-
- [/] - move to date field [:] - move to time field
- [.] - left edge, except in a filename field [.] moves to extension
- [+] - move to attribute field (except in an attribute field, [+] turns
- the attribute ON and moves to the next file)
-
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * NOTE: Pressing [Home] twice in a row is the same as pressing [^Home], and
- pressing [End], [End] is the same as pressing [^End].
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 2-2
-
-
-
- 2.1.2 Using a Mouse
-
- If you're having problems with erratic mouse behavior, see Appendix D.
-
- EDDY reacts to mouse movement just as if you had used the arrow keys in a
- corresponding way (UNLESS you have moved all the way right, past the end of
- the highlighted area, to the scroll bar -- more on that in Section 2.1.3).
-
- Pressing the left mouse button ("left clicking") in EDIT mode is the same
- as pressing [F3]. With the cursor on a directory line, EDDY makes that the
- new working directory; a left click on a file line LOOKs at that file.
- This may be changed -- see Section 2.1.2a, below.
-
- When EDDY is waiting for confirmation that you want to proceed with some
- action, a left click is the same as [Enter], meaning "Yes, proceed". A
- right click is the same as [Esc], or "No, don't proceed".
-
- Click the left button while the cursor is on the "MENU" or "HELP" box at
- the right side of the screen to get the corresponding display. Click the
- right button to return to the main body (left portion) of the display. You
- may move the cursor around elsewhere in this area, but it has no effect.
-
-
- a. Changing the Button Command - [Alt+m]
-
- To change the command used for the left mouse button in EDIT mode (from
- the default of [F3]), press [Alt+m]. Next, press the key for the command
- that you prefer to use. Also, see the following section.
-
-
- b. If You're Left-handed
-
- After [Alt+m], clicking the right mouse button instead of pressing a key
- swaps the use of the left and right mouse buttons, which is preferred by
- some left-handed people. In that case, all descriptions of the right
- button actions actually apply to the left button, and vice versa.
-
- The scrollbar, described in Section 2.1.3, indicates the current state of
- "handedness" of the mouse, and can also be used to switch that state, as a
- shortcut instead of [Alt+m].
-
- If your mouse is already configured as "left-handed" within its own driver
- or by other software before running EDDY, you probably don't want to use
- this feature: the result would be to swap the buttons back to "right-
- handed" usage.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 2-3
-
-
-
- c. Mouse Sensitivity - [Alt+Shift+m]
-
- If your mouse reacts too quickly or too slowly when you move it, you can
- adjust the sensitivity (in Windows terminology, "Tracking Speed"). Press
- [Alt+Shift+m], and you'll get a graphical display showing the current speed
- relative to the maximum and minimum possible. Move the mouse left to slow
- the mouse down or right to speed it up. Left-click when the speed is the
- way you like it.
-
- If you customize EDDY, the sensitivity you select will be the default in
- the customized copy.
-
-
- 2.1.3 Using the Scroll Bar
-
- At the far right edge of the screen you'll see a single, shaded column with
- an arrow at either end; this is the "scroll bar". Its main purpose is to
- give you an easy way of moving the display up or down with a mouse,
- although you may use it with the keyboard, too, if you wish.
-
- The scroll bar also has a right- or left-pointing triangle (the "slider").
- The direction the triangle points indicates whether the mouse buttons are
- configured as right- or left-handed, respectively. The position of the
- slider on the scroll bar gives you an approximate indication of how much
- further you must scroll to get to the end of the display. For example, if
- EDDY has selected 90 files for display, and your current file is the 30th,
- the slider will be about 1/3 of the way down on the scroll bar. If you're
- on the 90th file, the slider will be at the bottom.
-
- To use the scroll bar, move the cursor to a position either above or below
- the slider, and press the left mouse button (or [Enter]). The display will
- scroll up if the cursor is above the slider, or down if below.
-
- The amount of scrolling depends on exactly where on the scrollbar the
- cursor is located. If on one of the arrows at either end of the scroll
- bar, the display will scroll a line at a time in the indicated direction.
-
- If you left click directly on the slider, the mouse's "handedness" -- as
- described in Section 2.1.2b -- will change from left- to right-handed, and
- vice versa.
-
- Elsewhere on the scroll bar, each click moves the display a page at a time.
-
- Holding the left mouse button (or [Enter]) down causes the scrolling action
- to repeat. If you are paging, this can cause the cursor to alternately be
- above and below the slider, which alternates between the same two pages.
-
- Click the right mouse button (or press [Esc]) to move quickly back to the
- main body of the display. Or move the mouse or use the arrow keys for this
- if you prefer.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 2-4
-
-
-
- 2.1.4 Double Click Shortcuts
-
- Several common functions with the mouse are made easier if you use "double
- clicking" appropriately. When the term "double click" is used without
- further qualification, it refers to two consecutive presses of the left
- mouse button. Other types of double clicks are also recognized (two right
- button presses or a left and a right button), but they are explicitly
- described when used.
-
- The amount of time allowed between clicks for them to be recognized as a
- double click (in Windows terminology, "Double Click Speed") may be
- customized to be comfortable to you, as described in Section 26.3.2c.
-
- Here are some things you can do by using double clicking:
-
- - When EDDY asks for your choice between [Enter] or [^Enter] -- related to
- how timestamps are handled on file updates -- a left click is the same as
- [Enter], and a double left click is the same as [^Enter]. Examples of
- this are when you're ready to UPDATE either from EDIT or PATCH.
-
- - If you double click on an entry in the EDIT mode directory display, the
- cursor will move to the MENU button.
-
- - If you double click on the MENU button, the last command you have used by
- selecting from the menu will be repeated. This is particularly useful
- for tagging several files for the same action, such as COPY or DELETE.
-
- - If you click both the left and right buttons within the double click
- interval, the result is the same as if you pressed [F1].
-
- - If you double click on the HELP button, HELP's keyword search screen will
- appear, just as if you had pressed [Shift+F1].
-
-
- 2.2 Commands
-
- Commands tell EDDY what to do to the files that are displayed. Generally,
- they affect the current file, as selected by the cursor.
-
- The most common commands are assigned to function keys. Other commands
- generally are assigned to an [Alt+letter] combination.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 2-5
-
-
-
- 2.2.1 Hot Keys
-
- All of EDDY's functions may be called upon by using the corresponding "hot
- keys". The following (VERY incomplete!) summary is provided simply to
- suggest how easy it is to use some of EDDY's most common commands.
-
- Further details of use of the various keys and key combinations may be
- found in the later sections of this document. A complete list of command
- key assignments is given in Appendix A.
-
- Some common commands used in "EDIT" mode are:
-
- [F1]: HELP
- [F2]: UNDO changes on this file
- [F3]: LOOK at data in file, LOOK at files in directory, or LOOK at disk
- [F4]: PATCH data in file or on disk
- [F5]: COPY file
- [F6]: MOVE file
- [F7]: DELETE file
- [F9]: Exit to DOS temporarily (DOS shell)
- [F10]: QUIT, return to original DOS default directory
-
- [Alt+d]: Sort files by DATE/time [Alt+n]: Sort files by NAME
- [Alt+e]: Sort files by EXTENSION [Alt+s]: Sort files by SIZE
- [Alt+i]: INVERT display sequence
-
- [Alt+f]: FIND string in file
- [Alt+o]: inquire/change OPTIONS
- [Alt+t]: inquire/change/create TARGET directory
- [Alt+w]: change WORKING directory/file selection
- [Alt+x]: eXCHANGE working & target directories
-
- Many command keys may also be used together with the [Ctrl] key. [Ctrl]
- (indicated in this document by "^") means "do the command for all files".
- E.g., [^F5] means copy all files, and [^F2] means undo all changes on all
- files. (Option /L -- Section 2.3 -- changes the scope of the "^".)
-
- To interrupt one of the [^Fn] commands, press [^c] or [BackSpace]. Any
- files tagged for copy, delete, etc. up to that point will stay tagged, but
- no further action will take place. If you just want to pause temporarily,
- to look at the screen or think about what's going on, press and hold
- [ScrollLock]. All processing will stop. Release the key to continue.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 2-6
-
-
-
- 2.2.2 Pull-Down Menus - [Alt+F1]
-
- Press [Alt+F1] and a pull-down menu panel is displayed, as well as a menu
- bar across the top of the screen, with other menu topics to choose from.
-
- The menu panel lists commands which may be executed by EDDY. To the right
- of each command a "hot key" is shown. This key may be used to execute the
- command directly from EDDY, without using the menu. To select a command
- from the menu, you may:
-
- 1) press the highlighted letter for that command; or
- 2) move the cursor to the command and press [Enter] (or left click
- your mouse); or
- 3) press the indicated "hot key" for the command (unless the hot
- key is shown enclosed by "< >", in which case the hot key cannot
- be used from the menu).
-
- Some lines on some panels show "(sub-menu)" instead of a hot key. If you
- choose one of these, another panel will be displayed, with commands
- relating to the subject you chose. These commands may be selected in the
- same 3 ways described above.
-
- If you don't want to choose a command, press [Esc] (or right click mouse).
-
- To view the data in the display that has been covered by a menu panel,
- press [PgUp]. This allows you to look at the display (except the top line,
- which is covered by the menu bar) without exiting from the menu. To pull
- down a menu panel, press the highlighted letter for the topic, or press
- [Enter] (or left click) to pull down the panel for the
- currently-highlighted topic.
-
- A list of other topics available is displayed across the top of the screen.
- The topics are those which pertain to the type of display you are working
- with. For example, in EDIT mode, you won't see topics that relate to LOOK
- or PATCH modes. To view the panels for the other topics shown at the top
- of the screen, press [Left] or [Right] (or move the mouse).
-
- In EDIT mode, the choice of topics also depends on the line your cursor is
- currently on. If it's on a file, you'll get a choice of commands that are
- valid for files; if it's on a directory or disk line, you'll get choices
- that are valid for those lines.
-
- Similarly, in LOOK mode, some commands are valid only if the display is in
- ASCII (text) format, and some only with hex format. Also, different
- commands are available when LOOKing at a file, disk or RAM. The choices
- you'll see in the menus depend on what you're doing.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 2-7
-
-
-
- The first time a particular menu bar is loaded at the top of the screen,
- EDDY makes a guess as to which panel from that menu bar you'll most likely
- want to use, and displays that panel. On later calls which use that same
- menu bar, the menu panel displayed will be the last one you used.
-
- EDDY loads the MENU module from EDDY.AUX when you press [Alt+F1], if enough
- memory is available (around 24K).
-
- If you double click on the MENU button, the last command you have used by
- selecting from the menu will be repeated. This is particularly useful for
- tagging several files for the same action, such as COPY or DELETE.
-
- The menus and HELP screens have their own color attributes, not tied to
- those used for other EDDY screens (but menu colors are the same as HELP
- colors). These colors may be customized as desired (see Section 26.2).
-
-
- 2.2.3 Dialog Boxes
-
- Some commands need more information in order to accomplish their functions.
- For example, [Alt+Shift+t] is used to select a new target directory; press-
- ing it displays a dialog box asking you to enter the required path.
-
- For these boxes, just type the required information, and press [Enter] when
- you are finished. EDDY will use the new information according to the type
- of command involved. If you make a mistake, or decide not to continue,
- press [Esc] and whatever you have typed will be discarded.
-
- Dialog boxes are used with these commands:
- [Alt+t]/[Alt+Shift+t]: inquire/change/create TARGET directory
- [Alt+v]: change/create VOLUME label
- [Alt+w]/[Alt+Shift+w]: change WORKING directory/file selection
- [^w]: "Where's That File?" search for WORKING directory
- [Shift+F9]: point-n-shoot
-
- They may also appear as the result of some other commands, such as [F5] -
- COPY file -- when no target directory has been given.
-
- When a dialog box is displayed, the area into which to type data is
- highlighted in reverse video (or underline, with monochrome monitors).
- Text entry may be done in either "insert" mode, in which each keystroke
- entered pushes everything right one character, or "replace" mode, in which
- each keystroke overlays the character at the cursor. You may toggle
- between insert and replace modes by pressing [Ins]. If you are in insert
- mode, a "right arrow" will appear directly below the cursor. When the
- dialog box is first displayed, replace mode is in effect.
-
- If there is an initial string displayed, such as a path, you may edit it as
- desired, and press [Enter] when the result is ready for use.
-
- If the first key you press after the initial display is a character (i.e.,
- not a cursor control key) in the first (leftmost) position, the initial
- string will be erased, allowing a completely new string to be entered. In
- addition, [^End] will always erase from the cursor to the end of line.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 2-8
-
-
-
- If you want to redisplay the initial string after it has been erased, or
- after you have modified it, move the cursor to the leftmost position and
- press [Home].
-
- NOTE: The dialog boxes associated with the commands...
-
- [Alt+f]: FIND string in file
- [Alt+r]: FIND and REPLACE string in file
-
- do not follow these rules. Refer to Section 16 for more information.
-
-
- 2.2.4 List Boxes
-
- These boxes present a list of items for which state values may be selected
- (e.g., "ON/OFF", "YES/NO/MAYBE"). List boxes are used with these commands:
-
- [Alt+a]: file attribute filter selection
- [Alt+c]: inquire/change controls for Copy & Move
- [Alt+o]: inquire/change options
-
- To set values for an item in the list, move the highlighted cursor bar to
- the item and click the left mouse button or press [SpaceBar]. When all
- values are set correctly, move the cursor to the "OK/Cancel" line, ensure
- the "OK" box is highlighted, and left click or press [Enter]. The
- highlight is moved between "OK" and "Cancel" by pressing [Left] or [Right].
-
- If you click on this line or [Enter] while "Cancel" is highlighted, all
- changes will be discarded. Changes may be discarded at any time by right
- clicking or pressing [Esc] -- from any line.
-
- To restore settings to the values they had when EDDY started executing --
- the default values, possibly modified by settings made from the command
- line -- press [*] or left click on the "*" line.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 2-9
-
-
-
- 2.3 Options - [Alt+o]
-
- Options tell EDDY which of two possible courses of action you want used in
- various situations. For example, you may choose option settings to
- determine: 1) if and how a file's "archive" attribute should be changed
- when the file is copied; 2) whether to interpret characters typed in the
- filename field as changes to the filename or as a signal to search for a
- matching filename; 3) whether to use color in the display or not.
-
- Options may be set either ON or OFF, with corresponding meanings described
- below. Options (unless EDDY has been otherwise customized, as described in
- Section 26) are initially set to OFF.
-
- Change option settings (except /U and /W) by pressing [Alt+o]. A list box
- will appear. Pressing any of the option letters toggles the option setting
- between ON and OFF. Or move the cursor to an option and press [SpaceBar].
- When the settings are the way you want them, press [Enter]. Pressing [*]
- resets the options to the values they had when EDDY started: i.e., the
- default values, as modified by any options you used on the command line
- (see Section 3.2).
-
- Options which may be set from the list box are designated by letters. In
- addition to those options, there are certain options which may only be
- specified from the command line. These are designated by numbers. The
- available letter options are:
-
- /A - Do not change the file archive (modify) attribute when copying or
- moving files. Default (option /A OFF) action depends on the drives used...
- - Floppy to floppy: copy's attributes set same as original
- - Hard disk to hard disk: copy's attributes set same as original
- - Floppy to hard disk: copy's archive attribute OFF, original unchanged
- - Hard disk to floppy: copy's archive attribute ON, original OFF
- - Remote (network) drives: attributes never changed
-
- /B - Turn off the "beep" that normally sounds for errors or warnings.
-
- /C - Do not change the cursor size. Default is to use a larger cursor in
- EDIT mode, a full-height cursor in PATCH mode, and set it to a two-pixel
- high underline at exit. If you start EDDY with this option OFF, and then
- turn it on, EDDY will not reset the cursor at exit.
-
- With /E and /C both ON, /C has no effect - i.e., the cursor will be changed
-
- /D - Include directory sizes in the display. Disk space used by subdirec-
- tories is normally not included in the EDIT mode display. With option /D
- ON, all such space will be accounted for. However, gathering the infor-
- mation is VERY time-consuming, particularly on lower-speed hardware, so you
- may wish to use it only if it is really important to you.
-
- Option /D has no effect on remote (network) drives.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 2-10
-
-
-
- /E - Set EGA or VGA monitor to use "extra-line" text display mode (43 or 50
- lines). If the monitor is already in extra-line mode when EDDY starts, the
- option display window -- [Alt+o] -- will show /E is ON. If you change /E
- while in EDDY, the display mode will change immediately. If you were also
- using option /C, that option is turned OFF when /E changes
-
- /F - Turn on filename editing (i.e., renaming). When /F is ON, files may
- be renamed by typing the new filename over the old. If /F is OFF, typing
- in the filename field causes a "speed search" for a file with a matching
- name. See Section 4.1 for more on this.
-
- With option /F turned OFF, pressing [Ins] in EDIT mode turns renaming ON
- for that file only, until the cursor moves to another line. When option /F
- is ON (file renaming enabled), a "." appears between the filename and
- extension fields. If it is ON for only the current file (i.e., you pressed
- [Ins]), then only that file's display has the ".".
-
- /H - Files with "hidden" or "system" attributes are not normally displayed
- unless they are explicitly requested by use of attribute filtering -- and
- with filtering, ONLY files with those attributes will be shown. To include
- these files by default, together with all other files, use option /H.
-
- /K - Some error and status messages are displayed briefly (about 3 seconds)
- and then disappear. If you would rather have the messages remain until you
- press a key (any key), use this option. In this case, if the key you press
- is one of EDDY's command keys, the command will be executed.
-
- /L - List control. Changes the scope of the [Ctrl]-shifted commands.
- Normally, these commands affect all files listed, starting from the top of
- the display (i.e., the first file). If you want EDDY to start from the
- current cursor position (ignoring files higher up in the list), use /L.
-
- /M - Monochrome monitor. Useful with mono monitor + Color Graphics
- Adapter, and with some laptops. Other combinations do not need option /U,
- although it will toggle between color and mono on any color monitor.
-
- /R - RAM Editing. With this option turned ON, EDDY treats the PC's memory
- as a file, which you may LOOK at, FIND strings in, PATCH or COPY.
-
- /U - Use minimum memory. This option reduces EDDY's memory requirement by
- about 50K bytes. It achieves this reduction by using a smaller I/O buffer,
- @ which means slightly slower copying and moving. This option can be set
- ONLY from the DOS command line.
-
- /W - Set "Where's That File?" searching; move to next directory that has a
- file which matches the current file spec and any timestamp and/or attribute
- filter used. Search from working directory downward in the directory tree.
- This option can be set by the user ONLY from the DOS command line. It is
- set internally by EDDY when the [^w] command is used.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 3-1
-
-
-
- 3. EDDY's DOS Command Line
-
- When EDDY is executed without any options, paths or filenames given on the
- command line, the current DOS default drive and directory path are used.
-
- The command line format is:
-
- EDDY [/option...] [work] [target] [+attribute...] ["timestamp"]
-
- (The brackets -- "[" and "]" -- are not part of the format, and should not
- be typed on the command line)
-
- All parameters are optional. The last two parameters, "attribute" and
- "timestamp", are for use in selecting files to be displayed by criteria
- other than paths and filenames with wildcards. Full explanations of these
- are given in Section 17.
-
- If you enter a command line in the wrong format, the format description
- line (above) will be displayed, with an arrow pointing to the parameter in
- error.
-
-
- 3.1 Path Specifications
-
- On the command line, [work] defines the working directory, in normal DOS
- format, just as used with the DIR command (i.e., d:\path\filename.ext).
- Wild card characters are supported. If no filename is given, *.* is
- assumed. Paths may be specified using either "\" or "/", as you prefer.
- Similarly, ";" is treated as ":", on the assumption that you forgot to
- [Shift].
-
- [target] defines the target directory, to receive any files copied or
- moved. No filenames are allowed in the [target] specification.
-
- For example, "EDDY . c:" would display all files in the DOS default
- directory on the DOS default drive, and any files copied or moved would go
- to the DOS default directory on drive "c:".
-
- If you enter an unambiguous filename -- i.e., no wildcards -- EDDY will go
- straight into LOOK mode for that file. When you exit LOOK, the working
- directory will be "*.*". (After going to LOOK in this way, you may notice
- that your disk's "busy" light comes on for a bit. Not to worry! EDDY is
- using the time between keystrokes to build the "*.*" display, to be ready
- when you exit from LOOK.)
-
- For example, "EDDY c:\testdir\abc" would display all files in subdirectory
- "\abc" or, if there is no such subdirectory, display the contents of file
- "abc" in the "testdir" subdirectory.
-
- Working and target directories may be changed during execution, as
- explained in Section 5.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 3-2
-
-
-
- 3.2 Options on the Command Line
-
- Options may also be given to EDDY on the DOS command line, as with normal
- DOS commands, -- e.g., "EDDY/A/K" tells EDDY to use options "A" and "K".
- Options, if any, must be first, before any path or other specifications.
-
- If your version of DOS supports "switch" characters other than "/" for
- command line parameters (options), EDDY will accept whatever character you
- use with your system (e.g., "-" is preferred by some users).
-
- Details of the options are presented in Section 2.3. In addition to those
- options, which are known by their "letter" designators, there are certain
- parameters which may be specified from the command line. These options are
- designated by numbers. They allow specification of settings that are not
- the normal defaults for the way you use EDDY, or for batch operations (see
- Section 24). The numeric options are:
-
- /0 -
- Execute in "customize" mode, to create a copy of EDDY with various
- features tailored to your preference (see Section 26).
-
- /1x -
- Override the normal startup display sequence. "x" must be one of the
- sort sequence codes defined in Section 1.5.2. If "x" is a capital
- letter, the sequence will be in ascending order; if lowercase, in
- descending order.
-
- /2xxxxxx -
- Override the normal Synchronization Control settings, as described in
- Section 10. From 1 to 6 "x"s may be used. Each "x" must be "c", "y"
- or "n" except "c" is invalid for the sixth one. Either case is O.K.
-
- /5, /6, /7, /8 -
- These options correspond to keys [^F5], [^F6], [^F7] and [Shift+^F7]
- (COPY, MOVE, DELETE and DESTROY all files). Only one of these options
- may be used at a time. When any of these are used, the corresponding
- command is carried out in batch mode.
-
-
- 3.3 Other Command Line Parameters
-
- Two other parameters may be entered on the command line: an "attribute
- filter" specification and/or a "timestamp filter" specification. These
- specifications are used to select files for display based on their file
- attributes -- hidden, directory, etc. -- or date and time. They are
- explained in detail in Sections 17.2.1 and 17.3.1, respectively.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 4-1
-
-
-
- 4. Editing Directory Entries
-
- To select a file for editing, move the cursor to the line of the display
- for that file. The line with the cursor will be highlighted, and the
- corresponding file becomes the "current file". Editing is then done by
- simply typing the new information over the old on the screen.
-
- The cursor will skip over fields which can't be edited, such as file size.
- If you try to enter data which is not valid (e.g., letters in a date or
- time field), EDDY will "beep" at you and ignore the entry.
-
- It is possible to enter combinations of characters which result in invalid
- data in a field. For example, "02" is a valid month and "31" is a valid
- day, but together they are an invalid date. EDDY catches errors of this
- type whenever you try to move the cursor off of the current file. EDDY
- "beeps" and puts the cursor on the field where the error was detected.
-
- When any editing has been done, an "*" will appear at the right end of the
- line to indicate that changes have been made to that file.
-
-
- 4.1 Selecting a File or Directory (Speed Search)
-
- There are two ways to move the cursor to the file (or directory) entry you
- are interested in: by using the cursor keys ([Up], [Down], etc.), or
- directly, by using the "speed search" feature (with option /F turned OFF).
-
- With the cursor on the filename, typing any character that's valid for a
- filename tells EDDY to move the cursor to the next entry in the display
- with a name that matches. Matching is done from the first character of the
- current filename up to and including the character just typed.
-
- For example, consider the display shown in Figure 1-1 (Section 1.4). If
- you were positioned on the "WOMBAT" entry, with the cursor on the "W", and
- you pressed [e], the cursor would move to the "EDDY" directory entry, with
- the cursor on the first "D". If you then pressed [r], the cursor would
- move to the "ERROUT.ASM" filename, on the second "R".
-
- If you press [Shift] and type a letter, that letter will always be matched
- against the FIRST letter of the file or directory name, regardless of which
- byte of the name the cursor is currently positioned on.
-
- Refer again to Figure 1-1. Suppose you were positioned at the top of the
- file list, and held down [Shift] while pressing [e] three times in a row.
- The cursor would move first to the "EDDY" directory entry, then to the
- "ERROUT.ASM" filename, and finally to the "ERROUT.OBJ" filename.
-
- Speed search is disabled when option /F is ON.
-
- Speed search is also available for choosing directories from the directory
- tree display, as described in Section 5.3.2.
-
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 4-2
-
-
-
- 4.2 Renaming Files
-
- Turn on option /F (explained in Section 2.3) if you want to rename files.
- If this method is used, speed search, as described above, is disabled;
- typing over the filename field renames the file.
-
- To rename a file without disabling speed search, first press [Ins]. This
- turns on /F only while the cursor remains on the current line; as soon as
- it moves to a new line, /F is reset.
-
- To rename a file, type the new name over the old on the screen. A "*" will
- appear to the right of the extension, to remind you that a change has been
- made. The file will be renamed on disk when you enter UPDATE mode.
-
- Any valid characters for filenames may be entered, including spaces (except
- the first character may not be a space). Valid characters are any in the
- range 20h through 7Eh, except for these: [ . " / \ : | < > + = ; , ]
-
- Lower case letters are converted to upper case by DOS. You can rename
- files with EDDY so that they can't be used with normal DOS commands, by
- using names containing embedded blanks.
-
- When you rename a file, after UPDATE it will be moved to its proper place
- in the display, according to the sort sequence then in effect.
-
- When you rename a file, but you have not yet UPDATEd, the new name is used
- in any situation involving comparison of directory entries in the working
- and target directories. For example, when comparing timestamps for a COPY
- command, the comparison process will use the entry (if any) in the target
- with a name matching the NEW name shown for the current file.
-
-
- 4.3 Changing Timestamps
-
- Dates are displayed in mmddyy, ddmmyy, or yymmdd format, depending on the
- use of DOS's "COUNTRY.SYS; times are displayed based on a 12-hour clock
- with an "a" or "p" to show a.m. or p.m.
-
- Only valid month/day/year combinations may be entered. Hours in the range
- 01 to 12 are accepted; minutes and seconds must be less than 60. Seconds
- may be set only to even numbers -- a DOS limitation. You can set the date
- and time to all zeros. If you do this, the timestamp will not be displayed
- at all when you use the DOS "DIR" command. Useful to call attention to
- entries in a "DIR" listing.
-
- EDDY keeps an internal timestamp. EDDY's internal timestamp is either the
- current DOS date and time, or a date and time which was set by pressing
- [Alt+equal]. Pressing [Alt+equal] freezes EDDY's timestamp at the date and
- time of the current file or directory entry, until changed by another
- [Alt+equal].
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 4-3
-
-
-
- Pressing [=] puts EDDY's internal timestamp on the file.
-
- [Alt+minus] undoes the effect of a previous [Alt+equal]; i.e., tells EDDY
- to use the current DOS timestamp.
-
- When a change has been made to the date or time, an asterisk will appear in
- the line to the right of the field changed.
-
-
- 4.4 Changing File Attributes
-
- Attribute bit settings are displayed under the heading "RHSDAN", indicating
- R)EAD-ONLY, H)IDDEN, S)YSTEM, D)IRECTORY, A)RCHIVE and N)ETWORK
- file attributes, respectively.
-
- Attributes may be displayed in two different styles. Press [Tab] to toggle
- between these styles. You may set the default style by customizing. See
- Section 26.3.2e, the "attributes style" parameter, for more information.
-
- With either style, when the cursor is in the attributes field, pressing one
- of the attribute letters [R], [H], [S] or [A] (case doesn't matter) toggles
- the attribute setting between ON and OFF.
-
-
- 4.4.1 Attributes Style #1
-
- In the display, a '.' will appear in the column for an attribute that is
- OFF, and the letter of the attribute will appear if it is ON. Figure 1-1
- is an example of this.
-
- To change an attribute setting to ON, type "+" or "y" in the corresponding
- column; to change the setting to OFF, type "-" or "n".
-
- When you type "y" or "n" in an attribute field, the attribute is marked as
- changed, and the cursor moves right, to the next attribute for that file.
- When you type "+" or "-", the cursor moves down to the next file's
- attribute field, in the same column.
-
- When an attribute has been changed to ON, a "+" will appear in that column.
- If it has been changed to OFF, a "-" will be shown.
-
- You can also change an attribute for all files in the working directory
- with a single command. Move the cursor to the column of the attribute you
- want to change (the line the cursor is on doesn't matter unless option /L
- is ON) and press [^y] or [^n].
-
-
- 4.4.2 Attributes Style #2
-
- If you choose this style, a "y" indicates the attribute is ON for this
- file; "n" means it is OFF. Figure 1-2 is an example of this.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 4-4
-
-
-
- Changing attribute settings works the same as for attributes style 1. The
- only difference is that, when a change has been made to an attribute bit,
- that attribute will be displayed as a capital "Y" or "N" instead of
- lowercase.
-
-
- 4.4.3 "Network-shareable" Attribute
-
- A number of users have asked about the "network-shareable" (formerly
- referred to as the "shared") attribute, as it is not included in most DOS
- reference books/manuals.
-
- In Novell's Netware -- and in other network software -- files are assigned
- a full 16-bit word of attributes. These include the standard DOS
- attributes as a subset, using the corresponding DOS bit positions. One of
- the network-unique attributes is "shared", and they use bit 7 of their
- attribute word for that. To avoid conflict with the letter used for the
- DOS "system" attribute, and to remind the user that it's related to
- networks, EDDY calls it "network-shareable".
-
- When you use the DOS interrupt 21h "get attributes" service, and the file
- is on a networked drive, the "network redirector" mechanism returns the
- low-order byte of the network attribute word. If the "network-shareable"
- bit happens to be ON, then it's passed through from DOS in that state, and
- thus reported by EDDY. It can't normally be modified from DOS. You COULD
- sector-patch it with EDDY, if you really wanted to.
-
- In systems where the shared attribute is used, it's a very important piece
- of information. It means that the file is one which may be shared by
- several users on a network.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 5-1
-
-
-
- 5. Moving to a New Directory
-
- You can change EDDY's working directory and/or target directory at any
- time. These may be on the same or different disks.
-
-
- 5.1 Dialog Boxes or Tree Diagrams -- Your Choice
-
- You have a choice of selecting directories from a graphical tree diagram or
- by text entry, using a dialog box. The tree diagram is generally easier to
- use, but the dialog box is needed in certain situations, described below.
- Also, there is a delay associated with the tree diagram the first time a
- disk is accessed (or each time, on a floppy).
-
- The dialog box entry method is needed if you want to change the file
- specification used to select files for inclusion in the working directory
- display (e.g., you want to use "*.CPP" rather than "*.*"). It is also
- needed if you want to create a new directory for use as the target.
-
-
- 5.1.1 How to Choose
-
- To choose a new working or target directory, press [Alt+w] or [Alt+t],
- respectively. [Alt+w] and [Alt+t] work identically, except for the
- directory they refer to. For the remainder of this section (5.1.1), any
- reference to [Alt+w] and working directory also applies to [Alt+t] and
- target directory.
-
- The first time you press [Alt+w], you'll see the dialog box for entry of a
- new working directory. Press [Alt+w] while this box is displayed, and EDDY
- will switch to the tree diagram for working directory selection.
-
- Once you have requested the tree diagram, it will be considered your first
- choice for working directory selection. Anytime you press [Alt+w] from the
- EDIT mode display, you will see the tree display, not the dialog box.
-
- If you want to switch your choice back to the dialog box, press [Alt+w]
- while the tree diagram is displayed.
-
- [Alt+w] may be toggled in this way as often as you wish. If you customize
- your copy of EDDY (see Section 26), the default action for [Alt+w] will be
- set to the action (tree or box) in effect when you customize.
-
- You may use the dialog box anytime you want, regardless of the action
- setting then in effect for [Alt+w]; if you press [Shift] at the same time
- -- i.e., [Alt+Shift+w] -- the dialog box will always be displayed. This
- does not affect the action setting for [Alt+w].
-
- REMEMBER: All references to [Alt+w] also apply to [Alt+t].
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 5-2
-
-
-
- 5.1.2 Performance Considerations
-
- When EDDY scans a drive to determine the tree structure, you may save the
- scanned data in a file for later use (by pressing [F5]). This has the
- advantage of faster display creation, but may be inaccurate if you have
- made changes to the directory structure since the file was created.
-
-
- a. Memory is Always Up-to-Date
-
- EDDY maintains the tree structure information for up to two drives in
- memory. If a third drive's tree is requested, one of the memory areas will
- be reused, and any later access to the previous drive's tree will incur the
- initial delay again.
-
- If a tree data memory area is needed to be reused, an area associated with
- a floppy drive will be selected if possible. This minimizes extra delays,
- as the tree data for floppy disks is refreshed with every reference anyway.
-
- If you use the DOS Gateway or Point-n-Shoot functions, EDDY has no way of
- knowing what changes may have been made. Therefore, the tree information
- will be refreshed the next time the tree diagram is requested, and so
- you'll experience the delay again in this case, too. Also, if you change
- the tree by creating new (target) directories, or by renaming, moving or
- deleting directories, the tree information must be refreshed.
-
- The maximum number of directories which EDDY can handle for one disk drive
- is difficult to specify, as it depends on how long the directory names are
- -- shorter names take less space. However, if your drive has all 12-byte
- directory names (ffffffff.eee), 480 of them can be accommodated.
-
- The tree data may also be overwritten if you call on functions that need
- more memory, and the only way to get it is to use the memory where the tree
- data is stored. Functions that MAY produce this condition are: LOOK,
- UPDATE, HELP, and MENUs.
-
-
- b. Save a Tree - [F5]
-
- If you have directory structures (trees) that don't change very often,
- consider saving the tree data in a file. For subsequent tree displays, the
- data from the file will be used, saving the normal scanning delay.
-
- Press [F5] while the tree diagram is displayed to save the data. It will
- be saved in a file called "EDDYTREE.{x}", where "x" is the drive ID letter.
- This file will be stored in the root directory of the drive involved. If
- you press [F5] again later, the file will be overwritten by the new data.
-
- When you ask for the tree diagram, the data from EDDYTREE.{x} will always
- be used to create the display if the file exists (and has not been corrup-
- ted). If the file is used, you'll see "EDDYTREE.{x}" at the lower left
- corner of the screen.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 5-3
-
-
-
- If you suspect that the tree data from the file might be out-of-date, you
- may refresh the display (a new tree structure scan) by pressing [^x], where
- "x" is the drive ID letter of the currently-displayed drive.
-
- Note that refreshing the displayed tree by pressing [^x] does NOT update
- the tree data file automatically. Except when EDDY finds an
- already-existing, but out-of-date version of EDDYTREE.{x}, the file is
- updated only when you request it explicitly, by pressing [F5].
-
- If EDDY finds that the tree file is out-of-date (e.g., tree file doesn't
- include the DOS default directory on that drive), it will be rebuilt, and
- automatically updated on your disk. Since the file was on your disk
- already, EDDY assumes you still want it.
-
-
- 5.2 Directory Selection via Dialog Box
-
- To request the dialog box for entering working or target directories, press
- [Alt+Shift+w] or [Alt+Shift+t], respectively.
-
- Then enter the full path including drive and/or root, or a partial path
- that EDDY will interpret relative to the working or target directory, as
- appropriate. If your entry includes a drive and root (e.g., "C:\WORK"),
- EDDY will use the specification exactly as you enter it.
-
- If you enter only a drive (e.g., "C:"), the DOS default directory for that
- drive will become the EDDY's (working or target) directory. If the DOS
- default is not the root, it will be displayed before it is used.
-
- When typing a path, you may use [Ins] and [Del] to make changes to it.
-
- If you are working with exceptionally long path strings, they may be
- "abbreviated" in the display. (See Section 1.5.1). If the path you want
- to change (working or target directory) is abbreviated, it will not appear
- in the dialog box.
-
-
- 5.2.1 Working Directory Dialog Box - [Alt+Shift+w] / [Alt+w]
-
- The working directory may be changed by pressing [Alt+Shift+w] (or [Alt+w],
- if that key is set to request the dialog box) and entering the new path,
- according to the rules described in the preceding paragraph.
-
- A file specification may also be entered, either with or without a path.
- If you enter only a file specification (e.g., "*.BAT"), that file
- specification will be used with the working directory.
-
- EDDY tries to use your specification as a path. If no such path can be
- found, what you have entered is used as a file specification.
-
- If you start the name with a "\", EDDY interprets this as a directory path
- starting from the root of the working directory's drive. If there's no
- initial "\", EDDY appends the name you provide to the end of the working
- directory path string, and uses that as the new directory.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 5-4
-
-
-
- For example: suppose your working directory is C:\UTIL and the DOS default
- on drive D: is D:\WORK. After pressing [Alt+w], if you type...
- "\" or ".." the new working directory will be C:\
- "\FOO" the new working directory will be C:\FOO
- "FOO" (or "C:FOO") the new working directory will be C:\UTIL\FOO
- "D:" the new working directory will be D:\WORK
- "D:FOO" the new working directory will be D:\WORK\FOO
-
- Also see Section 5.8 if you work with "SUBST"ed drives.
-
- If you change your working directory to the same as your target directory,
- the target directory specification in EDDY will be set to "no target". If
- you then enter a COPY or MOVE command, EDDY will ask you for a new target.
-
- For other ways to change directories, see Sections 5.5 (Exchange Working &
- Target Directories), 5.7 (Where's That File?) and 8.1 (LOOK at Directory).
-
-
- 5.2.2 Target Directory Dialog Box - [Alt+Shift+t] / [Alt+t]
-
- The target directory may be changed by pressing [Alt+Shift+t] (or [Alt+t],
- if that key is set to request the dialog box). EDDY will display the
- target drive and path (or tell you that there is no target) and allow you
- to change the target directory if you wish.
-
- If you don't want to enter a new target directory after pressing
- [Alt+Shift+t], press [Esc]. The target directory will remain unchanged.
-
- No file specification may be used in the target directory path
- specification; only a drive and path are allowed. The target directory
- cannot be set the same as the working directory.
-
- Partial path specifications are interpreted exactly as described above, for
- working directories, if there is no target. If there is a target, partial
- paths are interpreted relative to it.
-
- If you start the name with a "\", EDDY interprets this as a directory path
- starting from the root of the target directory's drive. If there's no
- initial "\", EDDY appends the name you provide to the end of the target
- directory path string, and uses that as the new directory.
-
- For example: suppose your target directory is C:\TGT and the DOS default
- on drive D: is D:\EASY. Then, after pressing [Alt+Shift+t], if you
- type...
- "\" or ".." the new target directory will be C:\
- "\MONEY" the new target directory will be C:\MONEY
- "MONEY" (or "C:MONEY") the new target directory will be C:\TGT\MONEY
- "D:" the new target directory will be D:\EASY
- "D:MONEY" the new target directory will be D:\EASY\MONEY .
-
- If you enter a target directory name that doesn't exist after pressing
- [Alt+Shift+t] or [Alt+x], EDDY will normally ask if you want to create a
- new directory. However, if any parts of the path preceding the name of the
- directory are also invalid, you will just get an error message.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 5-5
-
-
-
- 5.2.3 Target Tracking - [=]
-
- Target tracking is the feature that tells EDDY to automatically change the
- target directory according to changes you make to the working directory.
-
- This feature makes it easy to synchronize directories on different disks
- when the disks have similar tree structures at upper levels, but differ at
- deeper levels in the tree. For example, suppose you have a setup such as:
-
- C:\
- BAT
- DOS
- DRIVERS and a diskette
- UTIL on which you have:
- PERSONAL
- FINANCE A:\
- ADDRESS ADDRESS
- LETTERS LETTERS
- BUSINESS BUSINESS
- FRIENDS FRIENDS
- RESUME
- ETC
- GAMES
- PICTURES
- HUMOR
- ...and so on
-
- If your working directory is C:\PERSONAL and your target is A:\, you could
- use target tracking to synchronize corresponding directories. To select
- target tracking, press [=] and then [Enter] while the target directory
- dialog box is on screen. Note that you cannot select target tracking
- unless there is a target directory in effect already.
-
- Now, if you press [F3] (or [Enter]) on the ADDRESS entry in the EDIT mode
- display, A:\ADDRESS will automatically become the new target. If you then
- press [F3] on the ".." entry, the target will be A:\ again. Press [F3] on
- the LETTERS entry, and the target changes to A:\LETTERS.
-
- As long as you use [F3] (or [Enter]) to change working directories, AND
- there are corresponding directories in the target disk's directory tree,
- the target will follow ("track") the working directory changes.
-
- If you select a new working OR target directory by using the dialog box or
- tree selection methods, directory tracking will be turned off. Similarly,
- it will be turned off if you move to a working directory that doesn't have
- a corresponding directory on the target disk (such as C:\PERSONAL\FINANCE
- in the example above).
-
- When "target tracking" is in effect, the display will show "Target=" in the
- lower right-hand corner, instead of the normal "Target:".
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 5-6
-
-
-
- 5.3 Directory Selection from Tree Diagram
-
- To request the tree diagram for the working directory's drive, press
- [Alt+w]; for the target directory's drive, [Alt+t]. If you get the dialog
- box display, press [Alt+w] or [Alt+t], respectively, again.
-
-
- 5.3.1 Tree Display Format
-
- In the tree diagram, four types of directories are distinguished:
-
- - The DOS default directory is shown in "braces", like {THIS}.
-
- - The working directory is shown enclosed in the special "double
- angle-brackets" characters, and looks something like <<THIS>>.
-
- - The target directory has solid triangle characters pointing to it on
- either side. These characters are unprintable on many printers, and
- are not shown here. They will be obvious in the display.
-
- - Other directories have no special characters enclosing them.
-
- The working/target directory will be highlighted when the tree is
- displayed. To select a new directory, move the highlight to it and press
- [Enter] (or left-click the mouse).
-
-
- 5.3.2 Moving the Tree Highlight (Speed Search)
-
- The highlight may be moved with the mouse, the cursor keys, or by using the
- "speed search" feature.
-
- The mouse and cursor keys work generally as you'd expect. However, note
- that a [Right] arrow or mouse move always moves to the next directory in
- the tree. Repetitions of [Right] will eventually visit every directory in
- the tree -- a complete "tree walk". When the highlight is on the last
- directory in the tree, another [Right] will wrap back to the root.
-
- A [Left] arrow or mouse move goes to the parent of the currently
- highlighted directory. Repeated [Left]s will quickly return to the root.
-
- To move the highlight, just start typing the directory name you want to
- select. This is the speed search feature. Speed search works the same way
- it does for directory displays in EDIT mode, as described in Section 4.1.
- (Except that option /F has no effect).
-
- A cursor within the highlight shows where the next character typed will be
- placed (just as in EDIT mode). This cursor is not moved by using the
- cursor keys; they move the highlight, as described above. The cursor moves
- right one column for each character typed. Press [BackSpace] to move left.
-
- After positioning the highlight, press [Enter] to select a directory as the
- new work or target. Alternatively, press [Alt+F10]. [Alt+F10] tells EDDY
- to terminate, leaving the selected drive/directory as the new DOS default.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 5-7
-
-
-
- 5.3.3 Moving to a New Drive - [^letter] / [\]
-
- If you press [\] or [^\], you'll get a list of valid drives to choose from.
- Either press a letter from the list, or move the cursor to the desired
- drive letter and then [Enter] or left-click.
-
- The actions resulting from using [\] depend on what is on screen when you
- press it, and whether you are currently using directory selection via
- dialog box or via tree diagram.
-
- 1. Tree diagram on screen: The drive list will pop up on top of the
- tree display. When you choose a drive from the list, the tree for
- that drive will be displayed.
-
- 2. EDIT mode display on screen, directory selection via tree diagram:
- The diagram for the working directory's drive will be displayed. When
- you choose a drive from the list, the tree for that drive will be
- displayed.
-
- 3. EDIT mode display on screen, directory selection via dialog box:
- The drive list will pop up on top of the EDIT display. Choosing a
- drive from the list changes the working directory selection mode to
- "via tree diagram" (just as though you had pressed [Alt+w] twice,
- followed by [\]), and then the tree for the drive you chose will be
- displayed.
-
- 4. Working directory dialog box on screen: The tree diagram for the
- working directory's drive will be displayed. You will now be in tree
- diagram mode for any subsequent working directory selection. (This is
- the same result as pressing [Alt+w] while the box is displayed). The
- drive list will pop up on top of the tree display. When you select a
- drive from the list, the tree for that drive will be displayed.
-
- 5. Target directory dialog box on screen: The tree diagram for the
- target directory's drive will be displayed. You will now be in tree
- diagram mode for any subsequent target directory selection. (This is
- the same result as pressing [Alt+t] while the box is displayed). The
- drive list will pop up on top of the tree display. When you select a
- drive from the list, the tree for that drive will be displayed.
-
- While the tree diagram is displayed, diagrams for other drives may be
- displayed by pressing [Ctrl] and the drive letter identifier; e.g., to get
- the tree display for drive C:, press [^c].
-
- To go directly to the tree diagram for any valid drive from the dialog box,
- press [^letter] while the working directory dialog box is on-screen; the
- action is just as though you had pressed [Alt+w], followed immediately by
- [^letter]. That is, you'll get the tree display for the drive, and any
- subsequent use of [Alt+w] from EDIT mode will yield the tree display rather
- than the dialog box. [^letter] pressed while the target directory dialog
- box is on-screen works similarly.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 5-8
-
-
-
- 5.3.4 Working Directory Tree - [Alt+w]
-
- With the tree diagram displayed, move the highlight to the name of the
- directory you wish to become the working directory, and press [Enter] (or
- left-click). The highlighted directory will become the new working
- directory.
-
- If you change your working directory to the same as your target directory,
- the target directory specification in EDDY will be set to "no target". If
- you then enter a COPY or MOVE command, EDDY will ask you for a new target.
-
- When you display the tree diagram for the working directory's drive, you
- will NOT see the DOS default directory for that drive enclosed in "{ }".
- This is because EDDY always changes the DOS default directory on the
- working directory's drive to be the same as EDDY's working directory while
- EDDY is in control. When you exit from EDDY, the DOS default directory
- that was in effect when you started EDDY is restored as the default
- (normally -- see Section 15 for more information).
-
- If you display the tree for another drive (e.g., by pressing [^c]) you WILL
- see the DOS default directory on that drive. If the working directory is
- on a SUBST'ed drive which is part of the new drive's tree structure, both
- the {DEFAULT} and <<WORKING>> directories will be indicated.
-
-
- 5.3.5 Target Directory Tree - [Alt+t]
-
- With the tree diagram displayed, move the highlight to the desired
- directory name and press [Enter] (or left-click). The highlighted
- directory will become the new target directory.
-
- You may not select a target directory the same as the working directory.
-
- If you press [Alt+t] with no target directory previously selected, the tree
- diagram for the working directory will be displayed.
-
-
- 5.4 Directory Selection from Drive List - [\]
-
- Press [\] from EDIT mode to display a list of valid drives. Choose a drive
- from this list -- by typing the letter, or "clicking" on it -- and the
- working directory will be changed as follows:
-
- If the drive you choose is different from your working directory's drive,
- the new working directory will be set to the DOS default directory on the
- chosen drive.
-
- If the drive you choose is the same as your working directory's drive, the
- new working directory will be the root directory on that drive. (If your
- working directory was already the root, there'll be no change).
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 5-9
-
-
-
- 5.5 Exchange Working & Target Directories - [Alt+x]
-
- To exchange the working and target directories, press [Alt+x] (This turns
- off option /W if it is on -- see Section 5.7). When you exchange, EDDY
- will "remember" your current file, and will return the cursor to that file
- if you later exchange back (with no intervening changes of directory).
-
-
- 5.6 Directory Recall - [Shift+F10], [Shift+^F10]
-
- Directory recall may be set for the current working directory by pressing
- [Shift+F10]. This directory may later be "recalled" as the working
- directory by pressing [Shift+^F10]. See Section 15.1 for more information
- on using directory recall.
-
-
- 5.7 Where's That File? - Option /W and [^w]
-
- To find the directory (or directories) a file is in, use option /W from the
- command line and/or the [^w] command within EDDY.
-
- For example, enter: EDDY/W C:\FOO*.* to search drive "C:" for any
- directory that has a filename beginning with "FOO" in it, with any
- extension. If a directory is found that contains such a file, that
- directory will be set as the working directory. Press [^w] to find the
- next such directory, if any.
-
- If you enter: EDDY/W ">06/15/91", EDDY will search the directory tree
- starting from DOS's default directory, and will stop when a file is found
- that was created after the indicated date (see "Filtering by Timestamp").
-
- From the command line, using option /W causes EDDY to search the disk for
- matching files, starting with the given working directory and continuing
- downward in the directory tree. The directories are searched in "unsorted"
- sequence; i.e., the order they actually are stored on your disk. The
- working directory which will be displayed is the first one found which has
- matching files. If there is no match, you'll get "File not found".
-
- Pressing [^w] when option /W is off turns /W on, and EDDY then searches
- from the working directory downward in the tree for a directory with one or
- more files matching the current file, attribute and/or timestamp specifi-
- cations. If found, that directory becomes the new working directory. If
- there are no matches, you'll get "File not found", and /W is turned off.
-
- Pressing [^w] when option /W is on causes EDDY to search the directory tree
- for the next directory, relative to the working directory in use when you
- first pressed [^w], which contains matching files. Using [^w] again will
- display the next directory, if any, which has matching files.
-
- Explicitly changing working directory (by using [F3], [Alt+w],
- [Alt+Shift+w] or [Alt+x]) will turn off option /W.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 5-10
-
-
-
- 5.8 Working With "SUBST"ed Directories
-
- EDDY can switch freely between SUBST'ed drives and subdirectories and their
- un-SUBST'ed, fully expanded path equivalents.
-
-
- 5.8.1 From the Command Line
-
- Suppose your current DOS default drive is actually SUBST'ed, and you are in
- the highest level directory of that SUBST'ed drive (i.e., what is
- effectively the "root" directory for that drive). In this case, if you
- specify either the working or target directory as "..", the true drive and
- path will be used.
-
- For example, if you earlier used the DOS command "SUBST X: C:\FOO\BAR" and
- your DOS default drive is "X:", using ".." will be interpreted by EDDY as
- "C:\FOO". If your DOS default is "X:\WORK", EDDY would interpret ".." the
- same way DOS does -- i.e., "X:\".
-
-
- 5.8.2 Interactively
-
- Once EDDY is executing, if you change directories as described in Sections
- 5.1 - 5.5, or by using [F3] as described in Section 8.1, you have even more
- flexibility with SUBST'ed drives.
-
- Using ".." works the same as it does on the command line, as described in
- the preceding section.
-
- However, "." used from within EDDY is interpreted as the un-SUBST'ed, fully
- expanded path string. Thus, using the example in the preceding section, if
- your working directory is "X:\WORK" and you use ".", EDDY will interpret
- this as "C:\FOO\BAR\WORK".
-
- This is only a change in the way the directory is referenced; it is the
- same physical directory no matter which string is used to refer to it.
- Therefore, the display of files, bytes used, etc., will not be affected.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 6-1
-
-
- 6. HELP When You Need It - [F1]
-
- When you have a choice to make as to how you want EDDY to proceed, you can
- get relevant HELP information by pressing [F1]. The HELP screen you get
- will be different, depending on what you were doing when you pressed [F1]
- (or clicked the left and right mouse buttons within the double click time
- interval).
-
- Once you are in HELP mode, pressing [F1] displays the menu of available
- topics. You may select from the menu, or press [PgUp] or [PgDn] to view
- the screens sequentially. Or, if you choose the highlighted "Topic Search
- by Keyword", you may search for HELP information on any topic you require.
- See Section 6.2 for more about keywords.
-
- For the HELP function to operate, EDDY must be able to find the file
- "EDDY.AUX". EDDY can find it in any of the following directories:
-
- - A directory which is mentioned in your DOS PATH statement
- - The working directory
- - The directory you executed EDDY from (if you have DOS 3.0 or higher)
-
- The initial HELP display, which appears when you type just "EDDY" with
- nothing else on the command line, is disabled when you use a customized or
- a registered copy of EDDY (see Section 26), or if you run a copy that has
- been renamed. However, if EDDY finds he's running a customized copy on a
- machine that appears to be different from the one where the customizing was
- done, the initial HELP is re-enabled.
-
- EDDY loads the HELP module from EDDY.AUX when you press [F1], if there is
- enough memory available (around 65K).
-
- The HELP screens and menus have their own color attributes, not tied to
- those used for other EDDY screens (but HELP colors are the same as menu
- colors). These colors may be customized as desired (see Section 26.2).
-
-
- 6.1 HELP for Warnings and Other Messages
-
- Most of EDDY's messages can readily be understood from their wording and
- context. For those that seem worthy of a bit more explanation, however,
- Appendix B of this document offers further information. When there is more
- information provided in Appendix B, a message to that effect will appear
- beneath the warning or error message.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 6-2
-
-
-
- 6.2 Topic Search by Keyword
-
- When viewing HELP screens, pressing [F1] again displays the HELP Topic Menu
- with "Topic Search by Keyword" highlighted. Press [Enter] and you'll get a
- screen which allows you to enter keywords (maximum: 5) of your choice.
-
- From other parts of EDDY, when you would normally press [F1] to get HELP,
- you may use [Shift+F1] instead. If you do this, you will go directly to
- the keyword entry screen, rather than to the HELP screen that would
- normally be displayed in that situation (i.e., context-sensitive HELP is
- overridden by pressing [Shift+F1]).
-
- If you double click on the HELP button, HELP's keyword search screen will
- appear, just as if you had pressed [Shift+F1].
-
- EDDY will use your keywords to search through the text of all of the (40+)
- available HELP screens (screen titles are not included in the search). The
- search is not case-sensitive; e.g., "Disk Image" = "disK imagE".
-
- EDDY will display the first screen that matches your keyword(s), and any
- others that matched are available by pressing [PgDn] or [PgUp]. All lines
- containing one or more of the keywords that were used will be displayed in
- reverse video. After the first matching page is displayed, anytime you
- display that same page again, a "beep" will sound.
-
- If you separate your keywords by spaces or commas, the search will require
- that ALL keywords be matched in order for a screen to be selected -- i.e.,
- the keywords are AND'd. To OR the keywords, use "|" (the DOS "piping"
- symbol) as a separator. Then, any one of the keywords matching is enough
- to select the screen. ANDs and ORs may not be mixed.
-
- Keywords you enter may contain any characters except space, comma or "|".
-
- When searching the HELP screen text, in addition to spaces, commas and
- "|"s, EDDY normally considers the following characters to be "separators",
- which are not part of any word:
- . : ; " ? / \ = + ! & % ( ) [ ] #
-
- However, if you include any of these as part of a keyword you enter, it
- will NOT be treated as a separator when searching the HELP text; i.e., if
- you enter "sh+f8" or "[sh+f8]", the result will be the same. Also, if you
- enter "sh f8", the same set of screens will be displayed, but more lines
- would be in reverse video because some lines contain "sh" without the "f8".
-
- Similarly, entering "EDDY.USE" will retrieve a subset of the screens that
- would result if you entered "EDDY" and "USE" ("eddy use", without the
- quotes). But if you entered "EDDY" and "USE" separated by the "piping"
- symbol ("eddy | use"), you would get many more screens -- probably ALL of
- them, although I haven't actually tried that.
-
- Keyword search is based on complete words, NOT strings (unlike EDDY's FIND
- command in LOOK mode). This means, for example, that the keyword "direct"
- would match only that word; it would not match "directory" or "direction".
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 7-1
-
-
-
- 7. UNDO Command - [F2], [^F2]
-
- Any changes requested may be "Undone" as long as they have not yet been
- written to disk by entering UPDATE mode. To undo changes on the current
- file, press [F2]. To undo all changes for all files, press [^F2].
-
-
- 7.1 Partial UNDO
-
- You may UNDO the COPY, MOVE, DELETE and DESTROY commands without affecting
- other changes pending for the file. Just press the key for the same
- command again; i.e., if a file is tagged for COPY, and you decide not to
- COPY, press [F5] and the tag will disappear, but other changes will remain.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-1
-
-
-
- 8. LOOK Command - [F3], [^F3]
-
- LOOK has three variations, depending upon where the cursor is. If the
- current line has a subdirectory, the request is interpreted as "display the
- contents of this subdirectory". For normal files, LOOK means "display the
- contents of this file". If the "Drive X: is..." heading line is under the
- cursor, LOOK means "treat the entire disk as a file, and display it".
-
-
- 8.1 LOOK at Subdirectory
-
- When you LOOK at a subdirectory, you change EDDY's working directory. To
- do this, move the cursor to the display line of the directory you want to
- LOOK at and press [F3]. Changing directories with [F3] turns off option /W
- if it is on. For other ways to change working directory, see Section 5.
-
- Figure 8-1 might have been reached from the display in Figure 1-1, as
- follows: 1) turn on option /R, to get " memory" in the display; 2) move
- cursor to the subdirectory "EDDY", and press [F3]; 3) in the resulting
- display (not shown), move cursor to "MACROS" line and press [F3] again.
-
- ================================================================================
- filename.ext size mmddyy time RHSDAN ^
- |
- DIR of A:\EDDY\MACROS\*.* |
- Drive A: is EDDY 7 files, 6144 bytes, 2048 bytes free|
- 1438 bytes wasted (cluster basis)|
- . <DIR> 11-16-86 8:45:00a ...D.. |======| >
- .. <DIR> 1-25-87 12:52:02p ...D.. | MENU | |
- DOS MAC 319 8-25-86 8:43:36p ....A. |======| |
- KEYBD MAC 621 1-21-87 1:15:14a ....A. [Alt+F1] |
- MISC MAC 1607 1-21-87 3:49:18p ....A. |
- OPCODES MAC 1448 2-04-87 7:54:22p ....A. |======| |
- VIDEO MAC 711 1-21-87 1:38:47d ....A. | HELP | |
- memory 655360 7-11-88 8:55:00p |======| |
- [F1] |
- .
- .
- .
- Target: none |
- -EDIT- seq=N [F2]:UNDO [F3]:LOOK [F5]:COPY [F6]:MOVE [F7]:DELETE [F9]:DOSv
- ================================================================================
-
- Figure 8-1
-
- To go to the parent directory of the working directory, move the cursor to
- the line containing ".." and press [F3] or [Home]. In our example, this
- would produce the display of "A:\EDDY\*.*". To return to the display of
- Figure 1-1, use [F3] or [Home] on the ".." line again.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-2
-
-
-
- Using [F3] to change directories turns off option /W if it is on.
-
- If you move to a new working directory with changes pending (renames,
- copies, etc., which have not been through an UPDATE), the changes will be
- discarded -- in effect, Undone. If there are pending changes, EDDY will
- warn you and ask for confirmation before moving to the new directory.
-
- Also see Section 5.8 if you work with "SUBST"ed drives.
-
- If there are no changes pending, pressing [Enter] will have the same effect
- as pressing [F3] if you are positioned on a file, directory or "drive"
- entry in the display; i.e., you will LOOK at that entry. On other display
- lines, you'll get the usual "Nothing to update" message. [Enter] always
- initiates an UPDATE if changes are pending, or if you are customizing EDDY.
-
- Note that the third box on the right side of the screen shows "LOOK" as the
- action corresponding to [Enter] if there are no changes pending; if there
- are, the box says "UPDATE".
-
- If you don't like the use of [Enter] as an alternate way to LOOK, see the
- description of the "easy look" configuration parameter in Section 26.3.2e.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-3
-
-
-
- 8.2 LOOK at File Contents (in Working Directory)
-
- To LOOK at the data contained in the current file, press [F3]. [^F3] LOOKs
- at the data in ALL files in the directory, one at a time. Pressing [Esc],
- or pressing [F3] a second time, returns you to EDIT mode.
-
-
- 8.2.1 LOOK Mode Commands
-
- a. Hex/ASCII Format Control - [Tab], [Shift+Tab]
-
- EDDY uses the first 512 bytes in a file to decide how to display the data
- (hex or ASCII format). ASCII is used if at least 80% of the first 512
- bytes are printable (20h - 7Eh), formatting control characters -- CR, LF,
- FF, TAB -- or line/box-drawing characters. Otherwise, hex format is used.
-
- [Tab] toggles between ASCII and hex display formats. If you don't like
- that key, press [Shift+Tab]. EDDY will ask you to press the key you want
- to use as a toggle. Any function key or [Alt]-shifted key that doesn't
- conflict with other LOOK, PATCH or FIND usage is OK. E.g., [F5] and [F12]
- are OK, but [F1] (the "HELP" key) is not; [Alt+h] is OK, but [Alt+b] (used
- for bit-stripping) isn't. If [Tab] is not used to toggle, it may be used
- in PATCH and FIND to enter TAB characters (see Sections 9 and 16).
-
- As a convenience to users accustomed to earlier versions of EDDY, [Ins]
- works identically to [Tab]. [Ins] ALWAYS works, even if you have changed
- the toggle key from [Tab] to something else.
-
-
- b. Printing a File - [Alt+p] / [^p]
-
- Pressing [Alt+p] prints the current file. Printing begins with the line at
- the top of the screen, and continues until a key is pressed. With a
- non-ASCII file, it's probably a good idea to ensure it's "printable", by
- pressing [p] before [Alt+p]. See Section 8.2.5a for more on this.
-
- For more details on printing (or sending the print output to a file, using
- [^p]), please see Section 1.6.
-
-
- c. EGA/VGA Screen Control - [e]
-
- If you have an EGA (or VGA) monitor, you may switch between 25 lines per
- screen and 43 (or 50) lines by pressing [e]. This is the same as turning
- option /E ON or OFF (see Section 2.3).
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-4
-
-
-
- 8.2.2 ASCII Format Display
-
- In ASCII format, a new line is initiated when either a CR or LF is
- encountered (but a CRLF pair only counts as one line). The line number of
- the line at the top of the screen is shown on the status line at the bottom
- of the screen. The highest line number EDDY can display is 999,999.
-
- The "arrow" (and related) keys work a little differently in LOOK mode. The
- display may be thought of as a "window" which can be moved around to view
- various parts of a file, while the file itself does not move.
-
- The keys used to move the display window around in ASCII format are:
-
- [Up] - move up 1 line [Down] - move down 1 line
- [PgUp] - move up 1 page [PgDn] - down 1 page
- [^Home] - first page* [^End] - last page*
- [Left] - left 1 column [Right] - right 1 column
- [left bracket] - tab left 20 columns [right bracket] - tab right 20 cols
- [^Left] - left edge (col. 1) [^Right] - right edge (last column)
- [Home] - same as [^Left] [End] - same as [^Right]
- [^PgDn] - auto-scroll down [^PgUp] - auto-scroll up
-
- [PgUp] and [PgDn] move a screen at a time, overlapping the previous screen
- by one line. When paging in ASCII format through a long non-text file,
- EDDY may spend a lot of time looking for CRs and LFs that aren't there. If
- EDDY appears to be "hung up" after a [PgUp] or [PgDn], press [^c] or
- [BackSpace] to interrupt the processing and display the file from wherever
- EDDY has reached, and no further processing will take place.
-
- If you just want to pause temporarily, to look at the screen or think about
- what's going on, press and hold [ScrollLock]. All processing will stop.
- Release the key to continue.
-
- The effect of the [Up] and [Down] keys in LOOK mode may be modified by
- pressing [s]. [s] toggles these keys between their normal scrolling effect
- of one-line-per-keypress and half-page-per-keypress ("speed scrolling"). A
- half page is defined by the number of text lines in the display, not the
- physical lines available on your screen. Thus, the speed of scrolling will
- vary, depending on the data you're LOOKing at.
-
- Speed scrolling is of limited value unless you're using a mouse. With a
- mouse, it gives a faster way of scrolling, without requiring use of the
- keyboard to press [PgUp]/[PgDn].
-
- Auto-scroll moves the display up or down continuously, without further key
- presses. It is started by [^PgDn] or [^PgUp]. Pressing the same key again
- speeds up the scrolling; pressing the opposite one slows it down. Any
- other key stops auto-scroll.
-
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * NOTE: Pressing [Home] twice in a row is the same as pressing [^Home], and
- pressing [End], [End] is the same as pressing [^End].
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-5
-
-
-
- 8.2.3 ASCII Format Commands
-
- a. TAB Expansion - [#] / [Alt+#]
-
- TABs expand to 8-character boundaries as a default. To change the TAB
- expansion, press [#], then [0], [1],...,[8]. TABs will then expand to the
- boundary you have selected. If you choose [0], TAB characters will be
- shown as "blobs" on the screen, and no expansion will be done.
-
- The default setting is used with each new entry to LOOK. You can change
- the default setting by pressing [Alt+#], and then [0],...,[8]. (Actually,
- [Alt+3] works too, but "#" seems more suggestive of the function.)
-
- The current TAB expansion factor is shown at the bottom of the screen. If
- this is also the default, it will be indicated by an "=" (e.g., "tab=8");
- if it is a temporary setting, a ":" will be used (e.g., "tab:4").
-
-
- b. Bit Stripping - [b] / [Alt+b]
-
- With files that have lots of high-order bits set (e.g., WordStar) to
- obscure the real meanings of the characters, try bit-stripping. Pressing
- [b] causes EDDY to clear the high-order bit before the characters are
- displayed. Press [b] again to toggle the bit-stripping action.
-
- Bit-stripping is normally OFF when you enter LOOK mode, and "bits=8" will
- be shown on the bottom line. The "=" means the displayed value is the
- default, which will be reset at each entry to LOOK. If you press [b], you
- will see the display "bits:7". This means that only the low-order 7 bits
- are used from each byte for building the display, and the ":" indicates
- that this is a temporary state, in effect only until you exit LOOK mode.
-
- To change the default state for bit-stripping, press [Alt+b].
-
- If you use [b] (or [Alt+b]) after the first line of the file, EDDY loses
- track of the line number. To indicate this, the bottom line shows
- "line:?". Returning to the top of the file restores the line number
- synchronization.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-6
-
-
-
- c. Ruler Line Display - [r] / [u] / [d]
-
- To determine what position a particular character in the display occupies
- in its line, press [r]. You will see a line similar to this one:
-
- 21 ++++++^+++++++++^+++++++++^+++++++++^+++++++++^+++++++++^+++++++++^+++++
-
- The number at the left is the column number in the file of the character
- shown in column 1 of the screen. The "^" characters mark the columns which
- are even multiples of 10 in the FILE (not necessarily the same as columns
- on the screen). In this example, which is what you might see after a
- [right bracket], the "^"s mark columns 30, 40, etc.
-
- The ruler is moved up or down by pressing [u] or [d], respectively.
-
-
- d. Jump to New Line - [j]
-
- To move directly to any line in the file, press [j], type the line number
- you are interested in, and press [Enter]. The requested line will be at
- the top of the screen. If you type a number larger than any in the file,
- you'll get a display of the last few lines.
-
- After pressing [j], you'll see a field of 6 zeros, for entering the line
- number to which you want to jump. The cursor starts in the third digit of
- this field, on the assumption that line numbers entered will most
- frequently be 9999 or less. However, you may use all 6 positions if
- needed. Line numbers up to 999,999 are supported.
-
-
- e. Line Wrapping - [l] / [Alt+l]
-
- Line wrapping means all lines are "broken" if they are longer than 80
- characters, with the remainder appearing on the next line of the screen.
- Thus, the whole line is visible on the screen at once.
-
- [l] is a toggle key which turns line wrapping alternately ON and OFF. Line
- wrapping normally defaults to OFF on entering LOOK mode. In this case, you
- would see the string "line=1" at the bottom of the display, which tells you
- that line wrapping is OFF (the first character is "l"), this is the default
- state for the toggle (the "=" sign) and we are at the first line of the
- file. If you press [l] to turn line wrapping ON, a broken vertical line
- (the DOS "piping" symbol) replaces the "l" in "line", and the string
- displayed would be "|ine:1". The ":" shows that ON is a temporary state.
-
- To change the default state for line-wrapping, press [Alt+l].
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-7
-
-
-
- Even though the lines are wrapped on the screen, EDDY still works with
- complete logical lines, as determined by the presence of CR/LF characters.
- When you move the display up or down, a line at a time or by paging, the
- display moves in units of complete logical lines. The display will always
- begin at the start of a logical line (except in some cases when toggling
- between ASCII and hex formats). Movement of the display up or down is
- based on the line at the top of the screen.
-
-
- 8.2.4 Hex Format Display
-
- An example of a hex format display appears below (Figure 8-2). The number
- under the heading "Offset" is the number of bytes from the start of the
- file, in hex. Next comes the hex value of the data, followed by the
- equivalent characters, under the "ASCII" heading.
-
- ================================================================================
- Offset 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07-08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII P
-
- 00000000 E9 ED 0E F5 01 9B 06 B3 A4 23 2A 38 6C 38 0B 1B im.u...3$#*8l8..
- 00000010 1E 1E 43 59 43 43 4E 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 46 09 ..CYCCN.......F.
- 00000020 00 00 41 42 43 44 45 46 49 4B 4D 50 52 54 57 03 ..ABCDEFIKMPRTW.
- 00000030 4E 06 00 00 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F N...????????????
- 00000040 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F ????????????????
- 00000050 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F ????????????????
- 00000060 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F 3F ????????????????
- 00000070 3F 3F 3F 3F D5 CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD ????UMMMMMMMMMMM
- 00000080 CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMM
- 00000090 CD CD B8 0A 24 B3 20 54 48 41 4E 4B 20 59 4F 55 MM8.$3 THANK YOU
- 000000A0 20 66 6F 72 20 75 73 69 6E 67 20 45 44 44 59 28 for using EDDY(
- 000000B0 74 6D 29 B3 0A 24 B3 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 tm)3.$3
- 000000C0 76 65 72 73 69 6F 6E 20 35 2E 30 31 20 20 20 20 version 5.01
- 000000D0 20 20 20 20 B3 0A 24 B3 20 20 20 43 6F 70 79 72 3.$3 Copyr
- 000000E0 69 67 68 74 28 43 29 20 31 39 38 37 2C 38 38 2C ight(C) 1987,88,
- 000000F0 38 39 20 20 20 B3 0A 24 B3 20 62 79 20 4A 6F 68 89 3.$3 by Joh
- 00000100 6E 20 53 63 6F 66 69 65 6C 64 2C 20 42 6F 78 20 n Scofield, Box
- 00000110 34 37 31 33 36 20 B3 0A 24 B3 4D 6F 72 72 69 73 47136 3.$3Morris
- 00000120 6F 6E 20 48 69 6C 6C 20 50 2E 4F 2E 2C 20 48 6F on Hill P.O., Ho
- 00000130 6E 67 20 4B 6F 6E 67 B3 0A 24 B3 20 20 20 20 20 ng Kong3.$3
- 00000140 41 6C 6C 20 72 69 67 68 74 73 20 72 65 73 65 72 All rights reser
-
- -LOOK- EDDY.COM bits=8 tab=8 line=1 [F1]:HELP [Alt+F1]/click:MENU
- ================================================================================
-
- Figure 8-2
-
- NOTE: If no mouse is present, there will be no reference to click on the
- bottom line. See Section 2.1.2 for information on using EDDY with a mouse.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-8
-
-
-
- 8.2.5 Hex Format Commands
-
- The keys used in LOOK mode to move around in the hex-format display are:
-
- [Up] - move up 1 line [PgUp] - up 1 page
- [Down] - move down 1 line [PgDn] - down 1 page
- [^Home] - display first page [^End] - display last page
- [^PgDn] - auto-scroll down [^PgUp] - auto-scroll up
-
- Additional commands available in hex format are described below, and in
- Section 8.6, "Mark Data".
-
-
- a. Printability - [p]
-
- Normally, the bytes displayed under the "ASCII" heading are the exact
- equivalents of the hex data. However, many of the characters corresponding
- to the hex values in the ranges 00h -- 1Fh and 7Fh -- 9Fh are interpreted
- as printer commands by most printers. An attempt to use the DOS
- [Shift]-[PrtSc] function on a screen containing these characters will
- result in an assortment of form feeds, font changes, carriage returns,
- etc., rather than the screen print desired.
-
- EDDY provides an option to accommodate screen printing of hex displays. If
- you press [p], telling EDDY to format the screen for printing, the
- characters in the troublesome ranges will be replaced by periods, and all
- high-order bits will be turned off. The hex data part of the display is
- unchanged. When [p] is pressed, a blinking letter "P" appears at the right
- end of line 1 to remind you that "printability" is turned on. [p] is a
- toggle key, and turns printability alternately on and off.
-
- The example in Figure 8-2 has printability selected.
-
-
- b. Bit Stripping - [b] / [Alt+b]
-
- Bit stripping in hex format works as described in 8.2.3b, above, but
- affects only the ASCII portion of the display. The actual character
- present in the file, with no bits stripped, is shown in the hex portion of
- the display.
-
-
- c. Jump to New File Position - [j]
-
- To move directly to any position in the file, press [j] and then type the
- 8-digit hex offset which you are interested in. If you type too large a
- value, you'll get a display of the last few lines of the file.
-
- If you jump with the display in hex format, EDDY loses track of the line
- number (but you get there faster).
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-9
-
-
-
- d. Word-oriented Display - [w], [W]
-
- When LOOKing at a file in hex format, you may select the hex portion of the
- display to be in words (as opposed to the normal bytes) by pressing [w].
- If you want to see the words in inverted order (high-order byte first),
- press [W]. Press the same key again to return to the normal byte display.
-
- If you want the word display to start with the odd-numbered bytes, press
- [t]. Press [t] again to revert to even byte orientation.
-
- When displaying inverted words, the heading at the top of the display shows
- the inverted sequence of bytes.
-
-
- 8.2.6 LOOK Mode With a Mouse
-
- In LOOK mode, ASCII (text) display format, a left click from anywhere
- displays the menu.
-
- When PATCHing, a left click anywhere except the indicated "click area"
- (directly above the "up" arrows on the bottom line) means "update" (same as
- [Enter]). A click within the click area displays the menu.
-
- A right click returns to EDIT from LOOK, or to LOOK from PATCH.
-
-
- 8.3 LOOK at File Contents (in Target Directory) - [Alt+F3]
-
- To LOOK at the contents of a file in the target directory which has the
- same name as the current file, press [Alt+F3]. Remember, if the current
- file has been renamed, even though not yet UPDATEd, the NEW name will be
- used to decide which target file to LOOK at. If there is no target
- directory, or there is no file with that name, you will be informed.
- Otherwise, you will see a display identical to that described above, and
- all the LOOK mode commands will work the same way.
-
- When the file displayed is from the target directory, a "T" is shown on the
- last line in column 7, thus:
-
- ================================================================================
- . . .
- 00000100 24 B3 20 20 20 43 6F 70 79 72 69 67 68 74 20 28 $ Copyright (
- 00000110 43 29 20 31 39 38 37 2C 31 39 38 38 20 20 20 B3 C) 1987,1988 |
- 00000120 24 B3 20 62 79 20 4A 6F 68 6E 20 53 63 6F 66 69 $| by John Scofi
- 00000130 65 6C 64 2C 20 42 6F 78 20 34 37 31 33 36 20 B3 eld, Box 47136 |
- 00000140 24 B3 4D 6F 72 72 69 73 6F 6E 20 48 69 6C 6C 20 $|Morrison Hill
-
- -LOOK-T EDDY.COM bits=8 tab=8 line=1 [F1]:HELP [Alt+F1]:MENU
- ================================================================================
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-10
-
-
-
- 8.4 LOOK at RAM (or ROM, or ???)
-
- To LOOK at your PC's memory (if option /R is ON) move to the " memory"
- entry and press [F3]. RAM contents will be displayed in hex format, from
- 0000:0000 up to the limit of installed RAM. EDDY bases its assumption
- about RAM size on the value in memory at 0040:0013 - 0040:0014h at the time
- EDDY begins executing. If your system has 640K, for example, you will see
- "80 02" in these locations.
-
- EDDY refreshes the display between keystrokes, so you can watch various
- locations in RAM as they change; e.g., the BIOS timer count at 0040:006Ch,
- the diskette motor counter at 0040:0040h, or the keyboard buffer and
- related data starting at 0040:0017h. (Not true for Color Graphics Adapters
- -- too much screen "flicker". See the description of the "snow OK"
- configuration parameter in Section 26.3.2b if you have a CGA).
-
- It's sometimes interesting to look at other parts of the PC address space,
- such as ROMs and display memory. For example, if you press [j] and then
- enter an offset of "F000:FFFF", you will see the end of the BIOS ROM, which
- usually has the copyright notice.
-
- One curiosity: When accessing addresses that have no physical memory
- equivalent, EDDY will usually show hex "FF" for those bytes; however, bytes
- with other values sometimes appear. If you try to go back to display those
- bytes after they have scrolled off the screen, they may have changed value
- or even have disappeared. I can't explain why this happens, but it doesn't
- appear to be a bug in EDDY. This also occurs with DEBUG and Turbo Debugger
- when they are used to look at high memory.
-
-
- 8.5 LOOK at Entire Disk
-
- LOOKing at an entire physical disk, regardless of file locations or
- extents, is explained in detail in Section 20.2.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-11
-
-
-
- 8.6 Mark Data - [m]
-
- "Marking data" means to select a range of bytes, from within a file, any
- address in RAM, or anywhere on a disk, to be highlighted in the LOOK mode
- (hex format) display.
-
- The information in this section applies to ANY data being LOOKed at. When
- LOOKing at raw disk image data, there are additional capabilities, which
- are defined in Section 21.3.
-
- When you have marked data...
-
- ... You can use the marks as a "place holder", allowing you to move the
- display to view other areas and return to viewing the marked area easily
-
- ... You can copy the marked bytes to a file (e.g., extract bytes from one
- file into another, or copy a loaded program from its RAM image to a file)
-
- ... You can use the highlighting as an aid for examining areas of interest
- (such as the RAM BIOS area, where some bytes are counters that are
- continually updated by the BIOS, as described in Section 8.4)
-
- There are three types of marks:
-
- 1. "Byte" marks select a continuous range of bytes to be highlighted.
-
- 2. "Column" marks select a rectangular column, or "box" of bytes,
- defined by the diagonally-opposite corners of the box (i.e., upper
- left/lower right or upper right/lower left).
-
- 3. "Disk" marks are used only when LOOKing at raw disk image data, and
- are used to select full disk sectors or clusters. Disk marks are
- discussed in detail in Section 21.3.
-
- To mark data, press [m] while displaying the data you want to mark. EDDY
- will ask which type of mark you want to use. Cursors will then be
- displayed (just as in PATCH mode), to let you choose the byte to be marked,
- by pressing [Enter]. That byte will then be highlighted in the display.
-
- If you press [m] again, you may mark another byte, and those two marked
- bytes together define the range of bytes to be highlighted.
-
- To modify the marked range, press [m] again. If the new marked byte is
- outside the currently marked area, the range will be extended to include
- it (and all bytes in between). If the new byte is within the currently
- marked area, you will be asked whether it is the start or end of the range
- that you want to adjust, and the range will be shortened accordingly.
-
- Pressing [F2] undoes all marks.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-12
-
-
-
- 8.6.1 Jump to Marked Area - [Alt+m]
-
- If you press [Alt+m], the display will show the first marked byte, if any,
- at the top of the screen, unless it is ALREADY at the top of the screen.
- In the latter case, if there are more marked bytes, the display will move
- to the last one.
-
- [Alt+m] has no effect if there are no marked areas.
-
-
- 8.6.2 COPY Marked Area - [F5]
-
- When you have marked the range of bytes you want to copy, press [F5]. If
- there is no target directory, you will be asked to specify one.
-
- EDDY provides default filenames in the target directory to use for copying
- marked data. You may specify other filenames if you wish. If the filename
- to be used already exists in the target, you will be asked whether you want
- to overwrite the existing file or append the new data to it. Appending
- offers the capability of collecting more than one set of marked data in a
- single file (by marking, then copying, then repeating those steps).
-
-
- 8.6.3 COPY Unmarked Area - [Alt+F5]
-
- [Alt+F5] works identically to [F5], except everything BUT the marked bytes
- is copied.
-
- This command is not available when looking at RAM or raw disk image data.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 8-13
-
-
-
- 8.7 Compare Directory Entries - [Shift+F3], [Shift+^F3]
-
- To compare the directory entries of corresponding files in the working and
- target directories, press [Shift+F3]. If files have been renamed, even
- though not yet UPDATEd, the NEW name will be used for comparisons.
-
- Press [Ctrl], [Shift] and [F3] simultaneously to compare working and target
- directory entries (one at a time) of all files in the working directory.
- After each comparison, the result is displayed and EDDY waits for a key to
- be pressed before proceeding to the next comparison.
-
- [^c] or [BackSpace] terminates a [Shift+^F3].
-
- If you use EDDY's "snapshot" feature (see Section 25), there is another to
- compare directories. You can compare a directory with the way it was at
- some earlier time, or you can get a complete report on differences between
- directories (as opposed to viewing the differences one-by-one as described
- above). To do this type of comparison:
- 1. Take a "snapshot" of the working directory
- 2. Copy the snapshot to the target directory
- 3. Press [Alt+x] to exchange working/target directories
- 4. Move to the top line of the display ("DIR of..." entry)
- 5. Press [Shift+F3]
- 6. Answer [y] to the message warning that the snapshot is
- for a different directory
- 7. EDDY will produce a summary of differences, and a detailed
- list of those differences, by category, file-by-file
-
-
- 8.8 Compare Files - [Alt+Shift+F3]
-
- Press [Alt], [Shift] and [F3] simultaneously to compare the contents of the
- current file and the corresponding file (i.e., same filename) in the target
- directory. If files have been renamed, even though not yet UPDATEd, the
- NEW name will be used for comparisons.
-
- EDDY will tell you whether the file contents are identical or not. The
- offset in the file where bytes do not match (if any) will be displayed,
- along with the hex values of the bytes involved.
-
- If the files are different lengths, the comparison will still be done.
- This allows you to determine, for example, whether the files are identical
- at least up to the length of the shorter one.
-
- Successive [Alt+Shift+F3]'s on the same file tell you the next byte where a
- difference exists. If there are no more differences, EDDY will tell you
- that. (On files of different lengths, if the only difference is the extra
- bytes in the longer one, only the first difference will be reported.)
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 9-1
-
-
-
- 9. PATCH Command - [F4], [^F4]
-
- Normally, you will use LOOK or FIND before PATCH, in order to locate the
- place in the file to PATCH. Once you have found it, press [F4]. If you
- want to PATCH every file in the directory (one at a time), press [^F4].
-
- Pressing [Esc], or pressing [F4] a second time, returns you to LOOK mode.
-
- The PATCH mode display is similar to the LOOK mode hex format display with
- "printability" turned off. It has two cursors -- one in the hex part of
- the display and one in the ASCII part. These cursors move in unison, to
- facilitate matching corresponding bytes in the two parts of the display.
-
- One of the cursors will be blinking, the other not. The blinking cursor
- shows where you may enter changes to the data. [Tab] toggles between hex
- and ASCII data entry formats. (If you don't like [Tab] for this purpose,
- see Section 8.2.1a). If [Tab] is not the toggle key, it can be used to
- enter TAB -- 09h -- bytes directly in ASCII format).
-
- In ASCII data entry format, the cursor in the text part of the display
- blinks and the hex cursor does not. The hex cursor also expands to cover
- two hex digits, since entering a single text character affects both digits.
-
- In either format, as you enter data in one part of the display the
- corresponding data in the other part is updated and displayed accordingly.
- Also, any data changed remains highlighted (reverse video) in the display.
-
- You can move the cursors to the place you want to change data with the
- "arrow" keys -- [Left], [Right], [Up] and [Down] -- and [Home] and [End].
-
- If you go to PATCH right after a FIND, the blinking cursor will be on the
- character at the start of the "found" string. The cursor will be in the
- same mode (hex/ASCII) used to enter the search string when you did the
- FIND. If you press any key except [F4] after the FIND, the cursor will be
- placed on the first character of the display if you then PATCH.
-
- Changes can be made to only one screen at a time. To UNDO, press [F2].
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 9-2
-
-
-
- 9.1 Changing a File's Length
-
- Press [Alt+z] to add bytes at the end of a file, or [Alt+y] to delete
- bytes, either from the beginning or end of the file.
-
-
- 9.1.1 Appending Bytes to a File - [Alt+z]
-
- Files may also be expanded using PATCH. With the cursor at the end of the
- file, if there is unused space left on the screen, you can add a "^Z" (end-
- of-file byte) after the last byte in the file by pressing [Alt+z]. You can
- add as many bytes as you want, up to the limit of space on the screen (or
- until the disk is full). Bytes that have been added can also be patched.
-
-
- 9.1.2 Deleting Bytes From a File - [Alt+y]/[Alt+a]/[Alt+b]
-
- After a press of [Alt+y], EDDY asks whether you want to delete bytes BEFORE
- or AFTER the cursor, and then waits for [b] or [a], respectively. Press
- [Esc], if you decide not to delete anything after all.
-
- Pressing [b] deletes from the beginning of the file up to the byte at the
- cursor. [a] deletes everything in the file after the byte at the cursor.
- The byte at the cursor is never deleted. If you press [b] with the cursor
- on the first byte of the file, or [a] while it's on the last, EDDY won't
- complain, but nothing will be deleted.
-
- Pressing [Alt+a] is equivalent to [Alt+y] followed by [a], with no question
- asked. [Alt+b] is equivalent to [Alt+y], then [b].
-
- Note that deleting bytes from the beginning of a large file generally takes
- a LOT more time than deleting from the end. This is because in the first
- case all of the data following the bytes to be deleted must be rewritten,
- while in the latter it's a simple truncate operation.
-
-
- 9.2 Updating in PATCH - [Enter] or [^Enter]
-
- Write your changes to disk by pressing [Enter] twice. Normally -- after
- [Enter] -- EDDY puts the current DOS date and time on a file that has been
- patched. If you use [^Enter] to start the UPDATE, EDDY asks whether you
- want to do this.
-
- After UPDATE, EDDY will return to LOOK mode. In LOOK mode you may move to
- another part of the file, and then press [F4] to go back to PATCH to make
- more changes. Repeat the PATCH-UPDATE-LOOK-PATCH cycle as needed.
-
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 9-3
-
-
-
- 9.3 PATCHing RAM
-
- With option /R turned ON, you may change your PC's memory by using PATCH on
- the " memory" entry in the display.
-
- One thing that is almost SURE to hang up your machine is to mess with the
- values in the BIOS keyboard buffer pointers (0040:001A - 0040:001D), so
- EDDY will not allow these locations to be updated. EDDY won't complain if
- you TRY to change them, and they'll appear to be changed right after
- patching, but they'll really still be set to the values DOS has put there.
-
-
- 9.4 PATCHing Disks by Physical Sector
-
- You may PATCH any bytes on a physical disk, regardless of file locations or
- extents. This is explained in detail in Section 20.5.
-
- !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
- WARNING! USE GREAT CARE WITH SECTOR PATCHING ON "COMPRESSED" OR "EXTENDED"
- DRIVES -- I.E., DEVICES CREATED AND MANAGED BY DOUBLESPACE, STACKER, AND
- SIMILAR PRODUCTS. PATCHING FILES STORED ON THOSE DISKS IS PERFECTLY SAFE,
- HOWEVER. SEE SECTION 20.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
- !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 10-1
-
-
-
- 10. Synchronization Controls - [Alt+c]
-
- These Controls affect operation of the COPY, MOVE, DELETE and DESTROY
- commands, which are described in Sections 11 through 13.
-
- When copying, moving or deleting files, you'll often want to choose the
- files to be operated on based upon whether they are in the target directory
- or not, and also based on a comparison of their timestamps. Common cases
- are when you'd like to give commands such as:
-
- "Copy files that are newer than the corresponding files in the target"
- or
- "Delete files that are duplicates of those in the target".
-
- The Synchronization Controls allow you to just that, as well as many other
- combinations.
-
-
- 10.1 Controls for COPY/MOVE
-
- There is a Control for each of the following cases:
-
- 1. File not in target
- 2. Target file older
- 3. Target file NEWER!
- 4. Target different size (date and time same)
- 5. Same date,time & size
-
- The Controls are always checked when a COPY or MOVE command is used.
-
- These Controls (1-5) may each have a setting of:
- "Y" - Yes, tag the file if this statement is true,
- "N" - No, don't tag the file if this statement is true, or
- "C" - Confirm before tagging (i.e., ask before tagging)
-
- Controls set to "Y" or "N" only affect the operation of the multiple-file
- COPY and MOVE commands -- [^F5] and [^F6]. They are NOT used with and have
- NO EFFECT on single-file commands -- e.g., COPY this file ([F5]).
-
- Controls set to "C" affect both single- and multiple-file COPY and MOVE
- command -- [F5], [^F5], [F6], [^F6]. A Control setting of "C" means
- whenever that case is encountered, the target directory entry will be
- displayed. EDDY then waits for you to confirm whether you want to tag the
- file or not. This is explained further in Section 10.2. ("C" works
- slightly differently in batch mode; see Section 24.3 for more information).
-
- Thus, for the example...
-
- "Copy files that are newer than the corresponding files in the target"
-
- the corresponding Control settings would be N,Y,C,C,N.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 10-2
-
-
-
- With these settings (N,Y,C,C,N), tagging will be done as follows:
-
- 1. Any files not in the target won't be tagged.
- 2. Any files newer than files with the same name will be tagged.
- 3. If there is a file in the target that is newer than the one in the
- working directory, the two files' directory entries will be dis-
- played and EDDY will wait for you to decide whether to tag or not.
- 4. If the files in the working and target directories have the same
- timestamps, but the files' sizes are different, EDDY will display
- and wait, as with #3.
- 5. Any files with identical timestamps and sizes won't be tagged.
-
- The default Control settings (1 - 5) are Y,Y,C,C,N. The settings may be
- displayed and/or changed by pressing [Alt+c]. Select the values for the
- Controls by pressing [y], [n], or [c], or by pressing [SpaceBar]. Pressing
- [*] restores default settings.
-
- There is one case where the "File not in target" control will be ignored.
- If you COPY or MOVE when there is no target directory, you may create a new
- directory to serve as the target (see Section 5.2.2). If you have just
- created the target, then obviously any file you want to copy will be "not
- in target". In this case, Control #1 will be treated as "Y" as long as the
- target directory remains the same.
-
-
- 10.2 Tagging Confirmation Process
-
- During any (single- or multiple-file) COPY or MOVE, if EDDY encounters a
- case where the working and target files meet the condition defined by a
- Control which is set to "C", the directory entries and the following
- message is displayed:
-
- "[F3]/[Alt+F3]:LOOK, [F5]:COPY, [F6]:MOVE, [F7]:DELETE, else [Esc]"
-
- [F3] goes into LOOK mode, to examine the file contents in the working
- directory, in case you need more information from the file in order to
- decide what to do. [Alt+F3] LOOKs at the file contents in the target. In
- either case, when you exit from LOOK, you will be at the same place in the
- display, with EDDY still waiting for one of the other keys to be pressed.
-
- [F5], [F6] and [F7] will tag the file for the normal action for that key.
- [Esc] -- or any other key -- will leave the file untagged.
-
- In addition to the cases defined by the Controls, some other situations are
- also require confirmation:
-
- - A COPY or MOVE must be confirmed if the corresponding file in the target
- has the "read-only" attribute ON.
- - A MOVE, DELETE or DESTROY must be confirmed if the file has the "read-
- only" attribute ON.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 10-3
-
-
- One situation can be tricky: if the confirmation display is because of
- "Target file NEWER!", and you proceed to LOOK mode -- [F3] -- and from
- there to PATCH -- [F4] -- your patching will (unless you use [^Enter]
- rather than [Enter] to apply the patch) update the file's timestamp. Upon
- return, EDDY will find that the condition requiring your decision no longer
- exists (i.e., the timestamp is NOW), and will therefore automatically tag
- the file for COPY or MOVE.
-
-
- 10.3 Synchronizing/Reconciling Directories
-
- Often it is useful to be able to ensure that two directories have exactly
- the same versions of the same files. If you are just interested in knowing
- what the differences are, if any, refer to Section 8.7. If you actually
- want to make the directories identical (this is particularly handy when you
- are working with more than one computer and using a floppy to carry data
- back and forth), here's how:
-
- With the Synchronization Controls set to their default values (Y,Y,C,C,N),
- proceed as follows:
-
- 1. Set one of the directories to be synchronized as working and the
- other as target (it doesn't matter which is which).
- 2. Press [^F5] to tag all files that need to be copied.
- 3. Press [Enter] twice to start the copying (UPDATE) process.
- 4. Wait for "UPDATE Complete" message.
- 5. Press [Alt+x] to exchange the working and target directories.
- 6. Repeat Steps b, c and d.
-
- Synchronization of the directories is now complete. The only way there
- could be any difference between them is if copies of a file existed
- originally in both directories, and had the same timestamp and size, but
- the files' contents were different.
-
-
- 10.4 Controls for DELETE/DESTROY
-
- There is also a sixth Synchronization Control, which determines whether the
- first 5 will be used to control the DELETE and DESTROY commands, too:
-
- 6. CONTROLS for Delete?
-
- This Control may be set to either "Y" or "N" -- "C" is not applicable.
-
- When Control 6 is set to "Y", the files in the target will be checked as
- specified by the settings of Controls 1 - 5, and the tagging will be done
- accordingly. If there is no target directory, Control #6 has no effect.
-
- Thus, for the example...
- "Delete files that are duplicates of those in the target"
- the Control settings (1 - 6) would be N,N,N,N,Y,Y (or N,C,C,C,Y,Y if you
- want EDDY to tell you about any differences).
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 11-1
-
-
-
- 11. COPY Command - [F5], [^F5]
-
- You may copy files and/or directories (and all their contents). The
- Synchronization Controls (see Section 10) work closely with the COPY
- command to help you in deciding which files you want to copy.
-
- When copying, EDDY has the capability of changing the new copy's data in
- certain ways -- "converting" the file. The available CONVERT functions are
- described in Section 11.5.
-
- EDDY also allows you to copy RAM to a file (see Section 18), and to copy
- raw disk-image data -- sectors, clusters, complete disks -- to and from
- files (see Section 21).
-
- The COPY command actually just "tags" a file to indicate that it has been
- selected. The word "Copy" (or "Copy+", if no file of the same name is
- currently in the target directory) will appear, to show the file has been
- tagged. The actual copy will be done when you enter UPDATE mode. After
- UPDATE, "copied" will appear in the display for that file.
-
- If you have indicated other changes to be made to the file's directory
- entry (renaming, timestamping or attribute settings), these changes will be
- made during the UPDATE process before the copying, so the target copy will
- have the same settings as the working directory file after the update.
-
- An exception to this is the archive attribute bit. Files copied will have
- the archive attribute turned ON in the target directory (unless you are
- using option /A, or the target is on a remote disk). For files copied from
- a fixed disk (or RAM disk) to a floppy, the archive attribute is also set
- OFF in the working directory. In all other cases, the archive attribute is
- left unchanged in the working directory.
-
- Also, if a file with the "network-shareable" attribute is copied, the
- result in the target will not have that attribute.
-
- Copied files normally receive the same date and time as the original; if
- you want to put the current timestamp on copies, use [^Enter] to start the
- UPDATE process, rather than [Enter]. If you use [^Enter], EDDY will ask
- you whether or not you want new timestamps. (See also the discussion of
- the "timestamp" configuration parameter, in Section 26.3.2e).
-
- Changing the target while files are tagged for copying will result in these
- files being un-tagged EDDY will warn you if this would occur.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 11-2
-
-
-
- 11.1 COPY a File - [F5]
-
- Press [F5] to tag the current file for copying. If there is no target
- directory, EDDY will ask for one. Entering target directories is explained
- in Sections 5.2.2 and 5.3.5.
-
- If the target directory contains a subdirectory that has the same name as
- the file you are trying to tag, EDDY will inform you of the conflict and no
- tagging will occur on that file.
-
-
- 11.2 COPY Multiple Files - [^F5]
-
- [^F5] will review all files in the working directory for copying, except
- those already tagged for COPY, MOVE, DELETE or DESTROY (or "Ignore"). All
- files (but NOT subdirectories) which meet the criteria defined by the
- Synchronization Controls (see Section 10) will be tagged for copying.
-
- As the list of files is being reviewed, [^c] or [BackSpace] may be pressed
- to terminate the process before all files have been reviewed. If you just
- want to pause temporarily, to look at the screen or think about what's
- going on, press and hold [ScrollLock]. All processing will stop. Release
- the key to continue.
-
- If you want EDDY to check only those files from the cursor and further
- down, turn on option /L before pressing [^F5].
-
- Using option /5 on the command line is the batch mode equivalent of [^F5].
- See Section 24 for more information on this.
-
-
- 11.3 Copying Files With Disk Errors
-
- If you have a file that's on a disk that has "bad spots", EDDY will often
- let you save the "good" parts, by COPYing the file. See Section 23.4 for
- more information on this.
-
-
- 11.4 COPY a Directory - [F5]
-
- Press [F5] to tag the current subdirectory for copying. If there is no
- target directory, EDDY will ask for one. Entering target directories is
- explained in Sections 5.2.2 and 5.3.3. The target may be on a different
- drive from the working directory.
-
- If the target directory contains a file that has the same name as the sub-
- directory you are trying to tag, EDDY will inform you of the conflict and
- no tagging will occur on that subdirectory.
-
- Also, the target must not be in a path which includes the directory to be
- copied (i.e., you can't copy a directory to its own child or other
- subordinate directory).
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 11-3
-
-
-
- If there is a subdirectory in the target with the same name, you will be
- asked if you wish to overwrite it. If you do, the directory will be tagged
- for copying. When you UPDATE, the subdirectory in the target, WITH ALL THE
- FILES AND SUBDIRECTORIES IN IT, will be deleted first and then replaced by
- the directory being copied and all ITS files and subdirectories. There is
- no checking or comparison of file timestamps involved in this copy process;
- it is a complete replacement of one tree by another.
-
- If you want to do a file-by-file update of subdirectories within a tree,
- consider using the "target tracking" feature (see Section 5.2.3).
-
-
- 11.5 CONVERT File Data
-
- If you have a WordStar-like file, with lots of high-order bits obscuring
- the text, you can make a readable copy by copying with bit-stripping. If
- you want to get rid of TAB characters in a file, you can also do that.
-
-
- 11.5.1 Remove TABs - [Alt+#]
-
- To get rid of TABs in a file, tag it by pressing [Alt+#]. (Actually,
- [Alt+3] works too, but "#" seems more suggestive of the function.) The
- file will be tagged for COPY, and EDDY will then ask you to enter a number,
- '0' thru '8', to specify the desired TAB interval. When the COPYing is
- done, any TABs in the file will be replaced with spaces to the next n-byte
- boundary (n=0 thru 8, as you have chosen), generally resulting in a larger
- file. This can possibly cause an out-of-space condition during the UPDATE,
- as explained in Section 23.3. n=1 replaces each TAB by a single space.
- n=0 deletes the TABs completely, resulting in a smaller file.
-
- Files which have been tagged in this way will show the TAB expansion used
- in parenthesis after the "Copy"; e.g., if you used n=4, you would see
- "Copy (4)" to the right of that file's display. If bit-stripping was also
- used, you would see "Copy (b4)".
-
- As every byte must be scanned individually during the COPY process, TAB
- expansion is much slower than other copying.
-
-
- 11.5.2 Bit-Stripping - [Alt+b]
-
- To get rid of the high-order bits that obscure the text in some files, tag
- the file(s) by pressing [Alt+b]. The new copy will have no high-order bits
- in it after the UPDATE is done.
-
- Files which have been tagged in this way will show "Copy (b)" to the right
- of the file's display.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 12-1
-
-
-
- 12. MOVE Command - [F6], [^F6]
-
- You may move files and/or directories (and all their contents). The
- Synchronization Controls (see Section 10) work closely with the MOVE
- command to help you in deciding which files you want to move.
-
- Moving a file places its entry in the target directory and deletes it from
- the working directory. This is the same as doing a COPY and then a DELETE.
- The heading information showing the number of files in the display and the
- number of free bytes on the disk will be updated.
-
- The MOVE command actually just "tags" a file to indicate that it has been
- selected. The word "Move" (or "Move+", if no file of the same name is
- currently in the target directory) will appear, to show the file has been tagged.
- The actual move will be done when you enter UPDATE mode.
-
- After UPDATE, "moved" will appear in the display for that file. The
- display of size, date, etc., will be cleared, indicating that the file no
- longer exists in that directory. If you re-sort the display, or move to
- another working directory and then return, files moved won't be displayed.
-
- If you have indicated other changes to be made to the file's directory
- entry (renaming, timestamping or attribute settings), these changes will be
- made during the UPDATE process, before the move is done.
-
- Files moved will normally have the archive attribute turned ON in the
- target directory (unless you are using option /A, or the target is on a
- remote disk).
-
- Also, if a file with the "network-shareable" attribute is moved, the result
- in the target will not have that attribute.
-
- Moved files normally receive the same date and time as the original; if
- you want to put the current timestamp on the moved files, use [^Enter] to
- start the UPDATE process, rather than [Enter]. If you use [^Enter], EDDY
- will ask you whether or not you want new timestamps. (See also the
- discussion of the "timestamp" configuration parameter, in Section 26.3.2e).
-
- Changing the target while files are tagged for moving will result in these
- files being un-tagged. EDDY will warn you if this would occur.
-
-
- 12.1 MOVE a File - [F6]
-
- Press [F6] to select the current file to be moved. If there is no target
- directory specified, EDDY will ask for one. Entering target directories is
- explained in Sections 5.2.2 and 5.3.3.
-
- If the target directory contains a subdirectory that has the same name as
- the file you are trying to tag, EDDY will inform you of the conflict and no
- tagging will occur on that file.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 12-2
-
-
-
- 12.2 MOVE Multiple Files - [^F6]
-
- [^F6] will review all files in the working directory for moving, except
- those already tagged for COPY, MOVE, DELETE or DESTROY (or "Ignore"). All
- files (but NOT subdirectories) which meet the criteria defined by the
- Synchronization Controls (see Section 10) will be tagged for moving.
-
- As the list of files is being reviewed, [^c] or [BackSpace] may be pressed
- to terminate the process before all files have been reviewed. If you just
- want to pause temporarily, to look at the screen or think about what's
- going on, press and hold [ScrollLock]. All processing will stop. Release
- the key to continue.
-
- If you want EDDY to check only those files from the cursor and further
- down, turn on option /L before pressing [^F5].
-
- Using option /6 on the command line is the batch mode equivalent of [^F6].
- See Section 24 for more information on this.
-
-
- 12.3 MOVE a Directory - [F6]
-
- This feature is sometimes called "prune and graft". Press [F6] to tag the
- current subdirectory for moving. If there is no target directory, EDDY
- will ask for one. Entering target directories is explained in Sections
- 5.2.2 and 5.3.3. The target may be on a different drive from the working
- directory.
-
- If the target directory contains a file that has the same name as the sub-
- directory you are trying to tag, EDDY will inform you of the conflict and
- no tagging will occur on that subdirectory.
-
- Also, the target must not be in a path which includes the directory to be
- moved (i.e., you can't move a directory to its own child or other
- subordinate directory).
-
- If there is a subdirectory in the target with the same name, you will be
- asked if you wish to overwrite it. If you do, the directory will be tagged
- for moving. When you UPDATE, the subdirectory in the target, WITH ALL THE
- FILES AND SUBDIRECTORIES IN IT, will be deleted first and then replaced by
- the directory being moved and all ITS files and subdirectories. There is
- no checking or comparison of file timestamps involved in this move process;
- it is a complete replacement of one tree by another.
-
-
- 12.4 Fast Directory Move
-
- If the working and target directories are on the same drive, it is possible
- to bypass the tedious file-by-file copying that is normally used in moving
- a directory. As this is achieved by using techniques other than standard
- DOS services, EDDY will ask your preference before beginning the move
- process when you start the UPDATE. Fast move cannot be used if a directory
- of the same name already exists in the target.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 12-3
-
-
-
- EDDY speeds up the directory move task by writing directly to the working
- and target directories, and using DOS services where available. No direct
- manipulation of the File Allocation Table (FAT) is involved.
-
-
- 12.4.1 What Makes it Fast?
-
- This process has been exhaustively tested by the author and many users,
- without any problems. However, some of us are hesitant (read
- "intelligent") about using programs that mess with our disks in
- non-standard ways. Therefore, the following information is offered.
-
- Specifically, the steps EDDY uses internally during a "fast" subdirectory
- move are:
-
- 1. Set the "directory" attribute OFF in the subdirectory's entry in
- the working directory, making DOS think the subdirectory is a file
- 2. Move the "file" to the target directory, with the standard DOS
- "rename" command
- 3. Turn the "directory" attribute back ON in the target directory
- 4. Adjust the "cluster number" in the moved directory's ".." (parent)
- entry to point to the target rather than the working directory
-
- After a directory move, you may notice a lot of disk activity before the
- EDIT display reappears. Don't be alarmed; the program is simply rereading
- all the information in both the working and target directories, to ensure
- that all the data displayed reflects the new tree structure.
-
-
- 12.4.2 Had a Problem? Don't Panic!
-
- If there is a problem with any of the above steps (e.g., a power failure
- during the update), recovery is straightforward.
-
- - If the subdirectory is still shown as a directory entry in the working
- directory, there's no problem.
-
- - If you have think there might have been a problem, and the entry is shown
- in the target as a directory, it's possible that step 4 was not completed.
- Run "CHKDSK" on the disk. If CHKDSK displays the message "Invalid sub-
- directory entry", AND NO OTHER ERROR MESSAGES, run "CHKDSK /F" to fix the
- cluster number automatically. If other errors are indicated (e.g., lost
- clusters, cross-linked files), they were present before EDDY ran, and
- should be fully understood and thought out before taking further action.
-
- - If there was a problem with step 3, the subdirectory will be shown as a
- "file" (i.e., no "directory" attribute) in the target, with a length of
- either one cluster -- typically, 4096 bytes -- or zero. Don't panic!
- There's only one little bit that has to be changed. To fix this problem,
- LOOK at the target, then LOOK at the disk to display the raw directory
- data. Move the display until the entry for the "file" is at the top, and
- PATCH offset 0Bh to "10h". Your directory is now restored.
-
- - If the subdirectory is shown as a "file" in the working directory, LOOK
- at the disk, and proceed as described in the previous paragraph.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 13-1
-
-
-
- 13. DELETE Command - [F7], [^F7]
-
- To select the current file for deletion, press [F7]. No other changes may
- be made to a file that is selected for deletion.
-
- "Delete" appears next to the file. The deletion will be done when you
- UPDATE, and "deleted" will appear. All directory information (size, date,
- etc.) will be blanked out, indicating that the file no longer exists in
- that directory. If you re-sort the display, files deleted won't be shown.
- The heading information showing the number of files in the display and the
- number of free bytes on the disk will be updated to reflect the deletion.
-
- If Synchronization Control #6 (see Section 10.4) is set to "N" (the
- default), [^F7] tags all files in the working directory for deletion,
- except those already tagged for COPY, MOVE or DESTROY (or "Ignore").
-
- If Control #6 is "Y", the other Controls determine which files will be
- tagged by [^F7], based upon a comparison of working and target directories.
- If Control #6 is "Y" and there is no target directory, you'll be asked for
- one. If you don't enter a target, Control #6 will be treated as "N" for
- processing the current [^F7] command.
-
- To interrupt EDDY after [^F7], press [^c] or [BackSpace]. If you just want
- to pause temporarily, to look at the screen or think about what's going on,
- press and hold [ScrollLock]. All processing will stop. Release the key to
- continue.
-
- Using option /7 on the command line is the batch mode equivalent of [^F7].
- See Section 24 for more information on this.
-
-
- 13.1 Deleting Subdirectories
-
- Subdirectories may also be deleted, even if they are not empty. EDDY will
- warn you that the directory is not empty when you press [F7], and ask
- whether you want to delete or not. If you choose to proceed, all files in
- the directory, plus any subordinate subdirectories and all of their files,
- will be deleted when you UPDATE.
-
- In this type of deletion, no check is made for read-only file attributes on
- the files in the subdirectory -- they are all deleted without further
- question. Obviously, this type of deletion should be done only when you
- are sure there's nothing important left in the directory.
-
- As the deletions are being made, the full path and file name of each file
- or subdirectory being deleted will be displayed prior to its deletion. In
- the display, subdirectories are shown with a final '\' after the name, to
- distinguish then from files.
-
- As with other UPDATE actions, pressing a key during the UPDATE will suspend
- activity until you decide how you want to proceed.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 13-2
-
-
-
- 13.2 Logical DELETE (Ignore) - [Alt+F7], [Alt+^F7]
-
- Pressing [Alt+F7] flags a file with "(Ignore)". It will then be ignored by
- any of the repeating (i.e., [Ctrl]-shifted) commands. This lets you
- eliminate files from a list that you want to do a repeated FIND on, for
- example, not wasting time with files that are not of interest for the FIND.
- [Alt+F7] also undoes any changes that may be pending on the file.
-
- Pressing a key for any command which affects a logically deleted file
- cancels the "(Ignore)". [Left] or [Right] also cancels the "(Ignore)".
-
- [Alt+^F7] flags all files with "(Ignore)". Thus you can ignore all but a
- few files when executing the next command, such as [^f], the multi-file
- FIND, or [Shift+^F9], the multi-file Point-and-Shoot. It's easier to
- "ignore all" and then UNDO the few, rather than ignoring one by one.
-
- "Ignore" is also useful when creating list files. See Section 1.7 for more
- information on this.
-
-
- 13.3 DESTROY - [Shift+F7], [Shift+^F7]
-
- If you want to protect the contents of deleted files from being snooped
- into by anyone, even using utilities designed for that purpose (such as
- EDDY), use "DESTROY". DESTROYing means overwriting the file, thus
- trashing the data in it, and then deleting the file.
-
- To select the current file for destruction, press [Shift+F7]. "Destroy"
- appears next to the file. The actual overwrite and deletion will be done
- when you enter UPDATE mode.
-
- If Synchronization Control #6 (see Section 10.4) is set to "N" (the
- default), [Shift+^F7] tags all files in the working directory for deletion,
- except those already tagged for COPY, MOVE or DELETE (or "Ignore").
-
- If Control #6 is set to "Y", then the other Controls are used to determine
- which files will be tagged by [Shift+^F7], based upon a comparison of
- working and target directory entries. If Control #6 is "Y" and there is no
- target directory, you'll be asked for one. If you don't enter a target,
- Control #6 will be treated as "N" for processing the [Shift+^F7] command.
-
- To interrupt EDDY after [Shift+^F7], press [^c] or [BackSpace]. If you
- just want to pause temporarily, to look at the screen or think about what's
- going on, press and hold [ScrollLock]. All processing will stop. Release
- the key to continue.
-
- Using option /8 on the command line is the batch mode equivalent of
- [Shift+^F7]. See Section 24 for more information on this.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 13-3
-
-
-
- 13.3.1 Standard DESTROY Method
-
- The default method for DESTROY is to write all 0F5h bytes (a tall, thin
- "j"-like character) once over the entire file before deleting it. If you
- are a secret agent or a government scientist, this may not be sufficient.
- If you require higher security, see Section 13.3.2.
-
- If a file has previously had some data deleted from the end, it is possible
- that some of that data is still physically on the disk, in the last disk
- cluster of the file, beyond the current end-of-file. To ensure that this
- data cannot be snooped into either, the entire cluster is overwritten as
- just described, rather than stopping at the end-of-file. Of course, if the
- file used to be long enough that it had more clusters allocated, any data
- left in those additional clusters won't be destroyed, as the information as
- to which clusters were allocated is no longer available.
-
- If you want to ensure that any data remaining in the currently-unallocated
- areas of the disk is also destroyed, EDDY provides for that, too. After
- the first DESTROY is performed in an UPDATE, you will be asked whether you
- wish to overwrite those areas. If you do, a temporary file is created with
- a size sufficient to occupy all free disk space, and 0F5h bytes written to
- all of it. The file is then deleted, leaving the disk space free for use
- (and free of useful information). See also Section 13.3.3.
-
- When the overwrite operation is complete, "destroyed" appears next to that
- file (when you return to EDIT), and all directory information is erased.
- The counts of the numbers of files in the display and the free bytes on the
- disk will be updated to reflect the deletion.
-
-
- 13.3.2 High-Security DESTROY
-
- If you have unusually high-security requirements, and need to be sure that
- files you DESTROY cannot possibly be recovered, even with special-purpose
- equipment designed to recover data that has been overwritten, EDDY can meet
- your requirements.
-
- "High-security" means conforming to the U.S. government's specification for
- secure file destruction. This involves overwriting the file on disk SEVEN
- times -- six times alternating with ones and zeros, the last time writing
- the character 0F6h (the "division" symbol).
-
- Of course, this method takes 7 times as long as a single overwrite pass.
-
- If you use the high-security DESTROY method, it will also be used if you
- choose to overwrite unallocated areas, as described in Section 13.3.1.
-
- Normally, EDDY will ask you which method to use each time you go to UPDATE
- (if any files have been tagged for DESTROY). Or, you can customize to use
- either the high- or standard-security method always. (See Section 26.3.2e,
- the "security" parameter.)
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 13-4
-
-
-
- 13.3.3 DESTROY a DRIVE!
-
- This sounds a bit drastic, but taken in context it can be useful. In
- Section 13.3.1 it was mentioned that after DESTROYing a file, you would be
- given the option of wiping out unallocated areas of the disk as well. This
- is fine, except there may be times when there aren't any files you want to
- DESTROY, but you'd still like to wipe the currently-unallocated-but-maybe-
- containing-sensitive-data areas of the disk clean.
-
- To do this, just execute the DESTROY command (i.e., press [Shift+F7]) on
- the "Drive is..." line of the EDIT mode display.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 14-1
-
-
-
- 14.0 DOS Gateway
-
- EDDY allows you to exit to DOS (the DOS "shell"), execute other commands or
- programs, and return to EDDY to pick up where you left off. All requested
- changes and actions will still be in effect when you return.
-
- When you exit to DOS, all memory used by HELP and/or by menus is released
- for use by DOS. In addition, if you are using the gateway from EDIT mode
- (as opposed to LOOK), any memory used by LOOK as well as the i/o buffer
- space will be released. This memory will be reallocated as required when
- you return control to EDDY.
-
- You may also execute commands without leaving EDDY, by using one of the
- variations of "Point-n-Shoot, as described in Section 14.2.
-
-
- 14.1 The DOS Shell - [F9]
-
- From EDIT or LOOK mode, pressing [F9] exits to DOS. EDDY will ask you to
- confirm that you want to exit. When you exit, EDDY loads a new copy of
- COMMAND.COM (or whatever command interpreter you use -- e.g., 4DOS), which
- will process your DOS commands normally. The screen is cleared, followed
- by the command interpreter's announcement, and then the DOS prompt.
-
- The DOS default directory will be EDDY's working directory. You may change
- this if you wish. EDDY will restore it when you return.
-
- When you're ready to return to EDDY, type "EXIT" at the DOS command prompt.
-
- If you forget to EXIT, you may run short of memory later on, because memory
- remains assigned to both EDDY and the extra copy of the command interpreter
- To remind you to EXIT, EDDY changes the DOS prompt to end with "Exit>".
- (This is not done if your DOS environment is larger than 10,529 bytes -- an
- EDDY internal buffer limitation.). If you don't want this reminder added
- to your prompt, see the description of the "prompt" configuration parameter
- in Section 26.3.2g.
-
-
- 14.2 Point-n-Shoot
-
- Point-n-Shoot refers to the capability to move the cursor to a file you
- want to operate on ("point") and press a key ("shoot") to begin the
- operation. EDDY offers three types of point-n-shoot operations:
-
- - Execute the file, for .COM, .EXE or .BAT files (see next section).
-
- - Operate on the file with any command you choose (see Section 14.2.2).
-
- - Operate on the file with a command you have previously defined in the
- "EDDY.USE" file (see Section 14.2.3).
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 14-2
-
-
-
- 14.2.1 Execute .COM, .EXE or .BAT File - [Alt+F9]
-
- When the cursor is on a file with an extension of "COM", "EXE" or "BAT" (or
- "BTM" if you're using 4DOS or NDOS), pressing [Alt+F9] executes that file.
-
- The filename is first displayed in a dialog box, so that you may edit the
- command line if you like, to add filenames, switches, redirection, or
- whatever is appropriate for the file involved.
-
- When you are ready to execute the file, press [Enter] (or [Alt+F9] again).
-
- When the program or batch file finishes, EDDY waits for a key to be
- pressed. This pause allows time for you to read anything that may have
- been displayed on the screen by the process which was just executed.
-
- If the ERRORLEVEL value was set to anything other than zero by the process,
- that value is displayed also.
-
-
- 14.2.2 Execute Default Command - [Shift+F8]
-
- You don't have to guess ahead of time what you might want to do to a file.
- Any command you like may be used on any of your files, at any time. You
- may even use commands that are not related to a specific file, if you wish,
- although this would normally be done via the DOS Gateway.
-
- Press [Shift+F8] to get a dialog box showing the current "default" command.
- This command may be used as-is, edited and then used, or replaced entirely
- by whatever command you want to use on the current file. Press [Enter] (or
- [Shift+F8] again) to execute the command.
-
- When you set up or modify the default command, EDDY will ask whether you
- want to pause after executing it, before returning to the EDIT mode
- display. This pause allows time for you to read anything that may have
- been displayed on the screen by the file which was just executed.
-
- The commands you enter in the dialog box must include the full path name to
- tell EDDY where the program to be executed is located.
-
- Also, the program name must be followed by at least one blank, and the
- command, including the filename to be operated on, cannot be longer than 76
- bytes. Any bytes beyond the 76th will be truncated.
-
- You may save the new or edited command as the new default if you wish. To
- make it a permanent default, use EDDY's customizing feature - see Section
- 26. If you save the command, the name of the current file will be replaced
- in the command for each new file you use it on. Your decision as to
- whether to pause after executing the command is also saved.
-
- An un-customized version of EDDY has a default of "C:\UTIL\DOS2UNIX %".
- The "%" marks the place in the command where the current filename will be
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 14-3
-
-
-
- inserted. This is included as an example only, and may not be suitable for
- your system. A comment is also included with the sample, as a reminder of
- the restrictions. In constructing your own default, the comments may be
- written over (or not), as you wish.
-
-
- 14.2.3 Point-n-Shoot with EDDY.USE - [Shift+F9]
-
- You may define different commands to be used with different files. For
- instance, you might want to use PKZIP to look at the contents of ".ZIP"
- files, without leaving EDDY. The files and corresponding commands must be
- defined in a file called "EDDY.USE", which may be created with any editor
- or word processor which can produce a simple ASCII file.
-
- A sample EDDY.USE is part of the EDDY distribution package. This sample
- includes extensive explanatory comments, and I hope it will suggest ways in
- which EDDY can help your system be easier and more convenient to use.
-
- Files are defined in EDDY.USE as usual for DOS (including wildcards), and
- the commands are similar to .BAT file commands. The full path must be
- given in the command. There must be at least one space after the filename.
-
- EDDY.USE must be in a directory defined in your PATH variable, the DOS
- default directory, or (if you have DOS 3.0 or higher) in the same directory
- that you executed EDDY from.
-
- EDDY selects a command from EDDY.USE based upon a comparison of the current
- filename and extension with the file definitions at the beginning of the
- lines in EDDY.USE.
-
-
- a. Select a Command
-
- When you press [Shift+F9], EDDY will display a dialog box with the command
- that is to be executed. Press [Shift+F9] again or [Enter] to proceed, or
- edit the command line to include any desired switches or other parameters
- before using it. See Section 14.2.3b for another alternative.
-
- If the current file doesn't match any definition in EDDY.USE -- or if
- EDDY.USE can't be found -- you will see a dialog box containing the default
- command (see Section 14.2.2, above).
-
- For example, if EDDY.USE contains the line:
-
- *.ZIP C:\UTIL\PKZIP -V %1
-
- pressing [Shift+F9] with the cursor on EXAMPLE.ZIP will give the display:
-
- C:\UTIL\PKZIP -V EXAMPLE.ZIP
-
- and pressing [Enter] will list the contents of EXAMPLE.ZIP (assuming, of
- course, that you have PKZIP in the UTIL directory).
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 14-4
-
-
-
- Commands from EDDY.USE are displayed and may be edited before they are
- used. For example, suppose after viewing the contents of EXAMPLE.ZIP as
- described above, you want to extract the THIS.ONE file you found there.
- Just press [Shift+F9] again and edit the command to:
-
- C:\UTIL\PKUNZIP EXAMPLE.ZIP THIS.ONE
-
- After executing the command, EDDY normally returns immediately to the EDIT
- directory display. If you want to pause after the command is executed, use
- a "|" (the DOS piping symbol) as the first character in the command. With
- the previous example, the command in EDDY.USE would be:
-
- | *.ZIP C:\UTIL\PKZIP V %1
-
- If you edit (modify) the command before executing it, EDDY will always
- pause before returning to the EDIT display.
-
- In either case, when EDDY pauses, the value in ERRORLEVEL is checked. If
- it is non-zero, ERRORLEVEL is also displayed.
-
- When you press [Shift+F9] to execute a command from EDDY.USE on the current
- file, AND the current file matches EDDY.USE only on an entry in EDDY.USE
- starting with "*.*", AND the current file is executable (.BAT, .COM or
- .EXE), the command from EDDY.USE will not be used.
-
- Instead, EDDY will offer to execute the current file, just as though you
- had pressed [Alt+F9] originally (see Section 14.2.1).
-
-
- b. Take Your Choice of Commands - [PgDn]
-
- You may have more than one command in EDDY.USE for the same type of file.
-
- When a command from EDDY.USE is displayed, another alternative is to press
- [PgDn]. This displays the next command, if any, that may be in EDDY.USE
- and matching the current file. An example of this use of [PgDn] is
- provided in the copy of EDDY.USE that comes with the EDDY distribution
- package, and is explained below.
-
- In the sample EDDY.USE, there are two commands for use with files matching
- "*.ZIP", for example. The first command uses PKZIP with the -v switch, to
- display the table of contents of ZIP files (and also illustrates the use of
- DOS "piping" with point-n-shoot commands). The second command uses PKUNZIP
- to uncompress ZIP files. Both are common things to be done with ZIP files;
- both (and more, if you wish) can be provided by EDDY.USE.
-
- Pressing [Shift+F9] will display the PKZIP command, which may be executed
- as described previously, by pressing [Shift+F9] (or [Enter]) again. If
- this is not the command you want to use with the current file, pressing
- [PgDn] would display the PKUNZIP command. This command may be executed by
- pressing [Shift+F9], or you could press [PgDn] again to display the next
- matching command, if any, from EDDY.USE.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 14-5
-
-
-
- In the case of the sample, the next command displayed from EDDY.USE would
- be the one set up as a last resort for all files, matching "*.*".
-
- If you press [PgDn] and there are no more matching commands you will get
- the default command, as described in Section 14.2.2.
-
-
- 14.2.4 Point-n-Shoot Again (and again...) - [Shift+^F8] / [Shift+^F9]
-
- This facility allows you to repeat the same operation on multiple files, by
- giving a single command to EDDY. Use the default command, by pressing
- [Shift+^F8], or use a command from EDDY.USE, by pressing [Shift+^F9].
-
- In either case, the command will be executed first on the current file, and
- then on files below that in the current display. This is the same effect
- as using option /L has with other repeating ([Ctrl]-shifted) commands.
-
- With [Shift+^F8], the command will by default be executed only on files
- from the display that have the SAME extension as the current file.
- However, you will be asked before execution starts whether you want to
- operate on all files (i.e., "*.*").
-
- With [Shift+^F9], EDDY.USE defines which files will be operated on, and no
- question is asked before processing begins. Thus, if EDDY.USE defines the
- command for use with "*.*", the command will operate on all files (except
- executables -- .BAT, .COM or .EXE -- which will be skipped).
-
- Any files tagged as "Ignore" will be skipped by these commands.
-
- The commands in the EDDY.USE file for repetitive processing are defined and
- interpreted the same as commands for use with individual files (see Section
- 14.2.3), except a command which is to be used by the [Shift+^F9] processing
- must be preceded by the caret character ("^"). This identifies it as a
- command for repetitive, multi-file processing, rather than for use only on
- the current file. Commands starting with "^" are ignored when EDDY
- processes the [Shift+F9] keypress; commands without the initial "^" are
- ignored during [Shift+^F9] processing.
-
- This allows you to specify different processing for the same files, depen-
- ding on whether they are processed singly or as a group.
-
- For example, suppose you want to use your editor on a single program source
- file, but compile or assemble to get listings of source files you have
- modified and tested satisfactorily. This is the way the two commands below
- could be used if they were contained in EDDY.USE.
-
- *.ASM C:\PE\PE2 /PC:\PE\ASM.PRO %1
-
- ^ *.ASM C:\MASM\MASM %1,NUL,C:\LIST;
-
- You would simply display the appropriate directory, "(Ignore)" any .ASM
- files you don't wish to assemble, and then press [Shift+^F9].
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 14-6
-
-
-
- If the file doesn't match any definition in EDDY.USE, you may use EDDY's
- default point-and-shoot command.
-
- After executing the command, EDDY normally returns immediately to the EDIT
- directory display. If you want to pause after each file is processed, use
- a "|" (the DOS piping symbol) in the command, right after the "^".
- Continuing with the previous example, the command in EDDY.USE would be:
-
- ^| *.ASM C:\MASM %1,NUL,C:\LIST;
-
-
- 14.3 Using a Swap File
-
- When you use the DOS Gateway or execute programs via Point-n-Shoot, EDDY
- tries to swap part of itself out to disk, to make more memory available for
- the process to be run.
-
- If you customize EDDY to include a "swap file" (see Section 26.3.2g, the
- "swap path" parameter), the swap file (named "EDDY.SWP") will be created in
- the directory you have chosen. If no swap path has been specified, the
- path indicated by the "TEMP" environment variable, if any, will be used.
-
- If neither the swap path nor the TEMP variable are available, no swap will
- occur. That would be a shame, as at least 120K of memory, and sometimes as
- much as 180K, will be freed when swapping can be used.
-
- The swap file is deleted when EDDY terminates.
-
- There is a minor downside to using a swap file: it takes time to copy the
- data back and forth between RAM and disk. If this is annoying to you, you
- can customize with the "swap path" parameter set to "none", and no swapping
- will occur. Normally, if the swap path is on a RAM disk, you won't notice
- the delay.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 15-1
-
-
-
- 15. QUIT Command - [F10], [Esc]
-
- When you are through with EDDY, press [F10]. [F10] will restore your
- DOS default drive and directory to the settings they had when you executed
- EDDY (or to your "recall" directory, if you have selected one as described
- below). EDDY will terminate immediately and return to DOS.
-
- If you have changes pending which have not yet been processed by UPDATE,
- EDDY will remind you that there are such changes, and ask you to confirm
- that you want to QUIT anyway.
-
- One exception to this may occur when option /K is used. Pressing [F10]
- when a message is displayed and waiting for a key press will only erase the
- message (like any other key). You must press [F10] again to terminate.
-
- Some users prefer to use [Esc] as a way to QUIT from EDIT. If you want to
- QUIT by using [Esc], just press it and hold it down.
-
-
- 15.1 Directory Recall - [Shift+F10], [Shift+^F10]
-
- [Shift+F10] selects the working directory as the "recall" directory.
- Directory recall is a "place-holding" mechanism, used in two ways: 1) When
- you exit from EDDY, this directory will be set as the DOS default, and 2)
- If you press [Shift+^F10], the directory will be "recalled" as the new
- working directory. If no recall directory is selected, the DOS default
- directory, as it was before you executed EDDY, will be used.
-
-
- 15.2 Exit to Directory - [Alt+F10]
-
- [Alt+F10] exits from EDDY -- just like [F10] -- but leaves the working
- directory as the DOS default.
-
- [Alt+F10] may also be used from the directory tree diagram display (see
- Section 5.3.2). If you press [Alt+F10] in that case, EDDY will exit,
- making the directory that is currently highlighted in the display the new
- DOS default.
-
-
- 15.3 EGA and VGA Display Control - [^F10]
-
- If you have an EGA or VGA monitor, EDDY normally resets the display to the
- same number of lines that were in use when EDDY was executed. However, if
- you use [^F10] to quit, the result is the same as [F10], except the display
- will be left with the number of lines per screen you have set (by using
- option /E) while in EDDY.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 16-1
-
-
-
- 16. FIND and/or REPLACE String in File, Disk or RAM
-
- To find a string, press [Alt+f] when the EDIT mode cursor is on that
- display entry, or when in LOOK mode. (In LOOK mode, [/] or [\] have the
- same effect as [Alt+f].) If you want to search through all files in the
- working directory, press [^f] -- see Section 16.5.
-
- As an example, suppose you were using EDDY to LOOK at this file
- ("EDDY.DOC") and were positioned to the "Technical Support" section. If
- you pressed [Alt+f], the display would be similar to Figure 16-1.
-
- The second line in the window shows a series of "5F"s and underlines. The
- underlines have no special significance. They only mark the place to enter
- the string you want EDDY to find.
-
- When you have entered the string EDDY is to search for, press [Enter] for a
- "close" match search or [^Enter] for an exact match.
-
-
- * * * (text continues on next page) * * *
-
- EXAMPLE "FIND" SCREEN:
- ================================================================================
- bug, surely!), if you take the trouble to report it, I'll try to solve it.
- And I'll get back to you with a fix, if possible.
-
- EDDY's PATCH command, using an area within EDDY reserved for this purpose,
- makes it reasonably easy to fix minor bugs without having to wait for a whole
- new version of the program.
-
- With any problem report, please include the following information:
-
- 1. Version number of your copy of EDDY (as shown on the logo
- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
- | Enter new FIND string, or use this one... |
- | 5F 5F 5F 5F 5F 5F 5F 5F 5F 5F 5F 5F 5F 5F 5F 5F ________________|
- | ^ |
- | [Enter] to FIND "close" match, [^Enter] for exact match |
- | |
- | Global match is:"?" [Alt+g] to change |
- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
- 5. As complete a description of the problem as possible -
- - what did you enter on the command line?
- - [PrtSc] listings of the screen before and after the problem
- - how was EDDY's output different from what you expected?
- - any other information that seems relevant
-
- -LOOK- EDDY.DOC bits=8 tab=8 line=1357 [F1]:HELP [Alt+F1]:MENU
- ================================================================================
-
- Figure 16-1
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 16-2
-
-
- A "close" match will ignore upper and lower case differences. One or more
- blanks in the string will match any number of consecutive blanks, carriage
- returns, line feeds or TABs (or any combination). A close match will also
- find words that have been hyphenated and broken across two lines. If you
- enter "bicycle" and then ask EDDY for a "close" match, it will find "bicy-
- cle" (i.e., broken at the end of the line) as well as any other occurrence
- of "bicycle".
-
- An exact match requires that every character match completely, including
- case and blanks. Exact match FINDs are much faster than "close" matches.
-
- Once you have entered a string, that string becomes the default for any
- later FINDs, on the same file or any file you subsequently LOOK at. In
- LOOK mode, press [f] or [/] to repeat the previous FIND, using the same
- string and the same type of match (close or exact).
-
- When EDDY finds the string, it goes to LOOK mode with the line containing
- the string at the top. The first byte of the string is highlighted, and it
- blinks. If there are long lines, and the string is off-screen, EDDY will
- move the display window to show the string.
-
- If the string begins with a carriage return or line feed, the display will
- be in hex format, even if it was in ASCII when the search began. This is
- because these characters are used as line break controls, and do not appear
- in an ASCII display itself; therefore, hex format is used.
-
- If the string was not found, EDDY will "beep", the message "Not found" will
- be displayed, and the last page of the file will be shown.
-
- You may interrupt EDDY's search by pressing any key.
-
-
- 16.1 Entering New FIND Strings
-
- The dialog box for FIND (and FIND & REPLACE -- see Section 16.6) is
- different from other dialog boxes. This is because of the requirement to
- enter two incompatible data formats (hex and ASCII) on the same line.
-
- You may notice that the line where you enter strings looks a lot like
- EDDY's PATCH mode display. In fact, the same data entry routines are used,
- and you enter your string just as though you were patching this line.
-
- Values 00 - 7Eh may be entered in ASCII format. 00h - 19h may be entered
- by using the [Ctrl]-shifted keys: [^ ], [^a], etc. In hex, all values may
- be entered. [Tab] toggles between hex and ASCII; if you don't like [Tab]
- for this purpose, see Section 8.2.1a. If [Tab] is not the toggle key, it
- can be used to enter TAB (09h) bytes in ASCII format.
-
- If any part of the string is entered in hex, or if the string has a hyphen
- in it, matches to words broken over two lines will not be found.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 16-3
-
-
-
- Under the data entry line, marking the end of the string, is an up arrow
- (shown in Figure 16-1 as "^"). This arrow normally points to the last
- character entered, although you may move back to change a character if you
- make a mistake, and the arrow won't move. To mark the end of the string at
- another place, move the cursor to that place and press [End].
-
- If you begin entering characters in the first (leftmost) position of the
- string, EDDY erases whatever previous string was there and accepts your
- input as a completely new string. However, if you move the cursor to some
- position further to the right, and enter your first character there, you
- can make changes to the previous string (including the first position).
-
- You may also use [Ins] and [Del] to edit FIND strings.
-
- Two other features provide a lot of flexibility for FINDing data: the
- "global match" character and the "don't match" attribute.
-
-
- 16.2 Global Match Character - [Alt+g]
-
- The global match character works like the "?" wild card in DOS. If a FIND
- string has the global match character, that position in the string will
- match any byte. For example, the FIND string "str?ng" will match "strxng",
- "str ng", "str ng", etc. The default global match character is "?".
-
- If you want to search for a string which includes the character currently
- used for global matching, you can specify any other character by pressing
- [Alt+g] and then typing the new global match character. You may use any
- character except space for global matching. The new global match character
- remains in effect until changed by another [Alt+g].
-
-
- 16.3 "Don't Match" Attribute - [Alt+k]
-
- You may give any character in the FIND string the "don't match" (or "match
- anything BUT this") attribute. This means that the character in that
- position in the string will match any character in the file EXCEPT the
- actual character in the string. To give this attribute to a character,
- press [Alt+k] and then type the character. The character will be high-
- lighted on the screen to remind you it has the "don't match" attribute.
-
- For example, if the second character in the string "xyz" were designated as
- "don't match", the string would be a successful match to "x0z", "x=z",
- etc., but would not match "xyz".
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 16-4
-
-
-
- If your string contains a global match character, you may designate it as
- "don't match". In this case, that character (in that string position only)
- is no longer treated as a global match. For example, suppose the global
- match character is "?", and you use the string "abc?" with the last
- character as "don't match". Then EDDY would not find "abc?" if it occurred
- in the file, but it would find "abc-" or "abcd", etc.
-
- Similarly, if you designate a blank as "don't match", it will no longer
- match multiple blanks, carriage returns, line feeds or TABs. Instead, it
- will simply be treated as a match to any single character except blank.
-
- Typing [Alt+k] again, or any ASCII character in a string position
- previously marked as "don't match" removes the "don't match" attribute.
-
-
- 16.4 FIND "Any Text"
-
- You might want to search a .COM or .EXE file to see what messages might be
- lurking in it (such as "gotcha!" or "virus", for example). Or you might
- want to see how many words in a document have more than "n" letters.
-
- You can do things like this by entering a FIND string that has only "?"s
- (or whatever global match character you are using). If your string has
- only "?"s, it will FIND any string of upper- or lowercase LETTERS that is
- at least as long as your string. It will also match strings containing
- spaces, as long as there are not two or more in a row.
-
- Thus, the FIND string "?????" would match:
- "abcde", "AbcDE", or "a c e"
- but would not match:
- "ab&de", "Ab-DE", or "a de".
-
- You can also use the "don't match" attribute ([Alt+k]) with strings of
- "?"s. Don't match in this case means match only if the character is NOT a
- letter ("space" is not a letter).
-
- For example, if the middle "?" in the above FIND string were given the
- "don't match" attribute, the string would match:
- "ab&de", "Ab-DE", or "a de"
- but would not match:
- "abcde", "AbcDE", or "a c e".
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 16-5
-
-
-
- 16.5 FIND String in All Files - [^f]
-
- To search through all files for the given string, press [^f]. If the
- working directory contains subdirectories, you will be asked whether you
- wish to search the files in them as well.
-
- The first file from your current display will then be displayed in LOOK
- mode, and the FIND window will be ready for you to enter the FIND string.
-
- If a match is found, the first character is highlighted in a LOOK mode
- display, as for [Alt+f] or [f]. If there is no match in that file, the
- search will proceed to the next file, continuing until there is a match or
- there are no more files.
-
- After a match, you have 4 choices:
-
- 1. Pressing [f] searches the file for any more matches, and proceeds
- to the next file if no match is found.
- 2. You can press [Alt+f] to change the FIND string, and the new
- string will used for matching from that point on.
- 3. [Esc] exits from the current file without searching further, and
- moves on to the next file.
- 4. To stop the search and return to EDIT mode, press [^c] or
- [BackSpace].
-
-
- 16.6 FIND and REPLACE - [Alt+r]
-
- To replace occurrences of the FIND string with a new string (the "REPLACE
- string"), press [Alt+r]. The FIND window will be expanded to allow entry
- of a REPLACE string in the lower portion of the window. REPLACE strings
- are entered exactly the same as FIND strings, and may be ASCII and/or hex.
-
- Switching between the two parts of the window is done with the cursor keys:
- [Up] moves from the REPLACE part to the FIND part, and [Down] moves from
- FIND to REPLACE.
-
- To shrink the window back to normal FIND-only size, press [Alt+r] again.
-
- If you begin the search with the REPLACE part of the window showing on the
- screen, then the REPLACE string will be used whenever a match is found for
- the FIND string. When you begin the search, you will be asked whether you
- want EDDY to pause for you to confirm before replacing, or just to go ahead
- and make the replacement automatically.
-
- A FIND string may contain global match or "don't match characters, even
- when used with a REPLACE string.
-
- If the REPLACE string is shorter than the FIND string (e.g., with a "close"
- match that includes white space), the REPLACE string will be padded with
- trailing blanks as required to make the two strings the same length. A
- REPLACE string may not be longer than its corresponding FIND string.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 17-1
-
-
-
- 17. File Selection by Filtering
-
- You may choose to display only files which have particular attributes
- (e.g., read only) and/or particular timestamps (e.g., files with timestamps
- later than 9 A.M. today). Filter values may be entered from the command
- line or while executing EDDY. When filters are in use, they are shown in
- the top line of the display.
-
- Closely related to filters is the feature called "exclusion", which allows
- you to specify files that are NOT to be included in the display. See
- Section 17.4.
-
- If the working directory has files that are not displayed because a filter
- is being used, an plus sign will appear just to the right of the file count
- field in the display heading (e.g., "53+files" instead of "53 files").
-
- When you set or change a filter and there are other changes pending, such
- as renaming, copying, etc., EDDY checks to be sure that all files with
- changes will still be included in the display after the new filter takes
- effect. If not, you will be warned that some changes will be lost, and
- given a chance to decide whether to proceed or not.
-
-
- 17.1 Subdirectories and Filters
-
- Subdirectory entries are normally not displayed unless they pass the filter
- being used. If you prefer to show all subdirectories in an otherwise
- filtered display, use the [^key] version ( [^a] or [^q] ) of the filter
- command rather than the [Alt+key] version ( [Alt+a] or [Alt+q] ). Using
- [^key] allows you to choose how you want subdirectories to be handled.
-
- Once you have chosen to display all subdirectories, that choice will remain
- in effect for subsequent [Alt+key] commands, until changed by using [^key]
- again. If you customize, your current choice will become the default. See
- Section 26.3.2e for more on this.
-
-
- 17.2 Filtering by Attribute
-
- To filter the directory display so that it contains only files with
- attributes you specify, use an attribute selection parameter.
-
-
- 17.2.1 Attribute Selection from the Command Line
-
- A command line attribute selection parameter begins with a plus sign ("+")
- to distinguish it from a path specification. The "+" is followed by one or
- more letters for the file attributes you choose. The letters to use are
- the same as the letters in EDDY's display heading: R, H, S, D, A or N.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 17-2
-
-
-
- To select files which have the attribute ON, enter the letter in upper
- case; for files with the attribute OFF, lower case. Thus, to select only
- files which are "hidden", enter "+H"; for files which are read-only and not
- modified since last backup (i.e., "archive" attribute off), enter "+Ra" or
- "+aR" (the order makes no difference). If more than one attribute is
- selected, all must match in order for a file to be selected.
-
- If you specify an incorrect letter, or use the same letter in both upper
- and lower case, EDDY will terminate with an "Invalid format" error message.
-
- Attribute selections are shown in the display heading. The letters for the
- selected attributes will blink, showing they're used for file selection,
- and they will be the same case -- upper or lower -- as you specified.
-
-
- 17.2.2 Attribute Selection in EDDY - [Alt+a] / [^a]
-
- Press [Alt+a] (or [^q], as explained in Section 17.1) for attribute
- selection while executing EDDY, then enter the attributes to be used for
- filtering. [Esc] restores the attribute filter previously in effect, if
- any.
-
- To select an attribute, press the key for the corresponding letter -- [R],
- [H], [S], [D], [A] or [N]. Pressing a key once selects "attribute ON",
- twice selects "attribute OFF", and a third time deselects the attribute.
- When you are satisfied with the selection, press [Enter].
-
- Or select attributes by moving the cursor to an attribute and clicking the
- mouse or pressing [SpaceBar].
-
-
- 17.3 Filtering by Timestamp
-
- To filter the directory display so that it contains only files with
- timestamps in a range you specify, use timestamp selection.
-
-
- 17.3.1 Timestamp Selection from the Command Line
-
- A command line timestamp selection parameter is enclosed in double quote
- marks Immediately following the first quote must be one of the following:
- "]", "<" or "=". These mean that the files to be selected for display must
- have timestamps greater than, less than, or equal to the timestamp you use.
-
- Next, you must provide the timestamp value. This may be a date, a time, or
- both. Following the timestamp value is the closing quote mark.
-
- Leading zeros must be used when entering dates if needed to make up a two-
- digit value -- e.g., "5/31/88" would be rejected; "05/31/88" would be O.K.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 17-3
-
-
-
- Times are based on a 12-hour clock, and must be in the form "hh:mma" for
- A.M. times, or "hh:mmp" for P.M. Again, leading zeros are required.
-
- If you wish to specify both date and time, the date and time must be
- separated by one space.
-
- Some examples of valid timestamp values are:
-
- ">05/31/88 09:00p" - select files with timestamps later than this
-
- "=07/23/86" - select files created at any time on this date only
-
- "<10:30p" - select files created before this time, on any date
-
- Normally, EDDY will re-sort the display when you use timestamp filtering.
- When the filter includes a date, the display will be sorted by date. If
- the filter has only a time, it will be sorted by time.
-
- However, if you have explicitly changed the display sequence (by using
- option /1 or one of the sort commands), then filtering by timestamp will
- not cause a re-sort.
-
- If you make a mistake with the timestamp, EDDY will usually terminate with
- an "Invalid format" error. However, if you leave off one or the other of
- the quotes, and your filter value includes a "<" or a ">", DOS will use
- these as redirection symbols, rather than as part of the command line.
-
- With "<", you will probably get a "File not found" message, while with ">"
- the "Invalid format" and logo display output from EDDY will be put in a
- (hopefully new!) file in your DOS default directory.
-
- If these possibilities worry you, use "+" and "-" instead of ">" and "<",
- when entering a timestamp filter value from the command line.
-
-
- 17.3.2 Timestamp Selection in EDDY - [Alt+q] / [^q]
-
- Press [Alt+q] (or [^q], as explained in Section 17.1) for timestamp
- selection. Any timestamp filter in effect at that time will be cancelled,
- the null timestamp "=00-00-00 00:00p" will appear in the top line, and the
- cursor will move to the "=" sign. If you don't want to enter a new
- timestamp value, press [Enter] while the null timestamp is displayed, and
- no timestamp filter will be used.
-
- Otherwise, the null timestamp may be edited just as though it was a normal
- file timestamp in the body of the display. When you are happy with the
- filter value, press [Enter]. If you enter an invalid timestamp, EDDY will
- "beep" at you and move the cursor to the field in error.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 17-4
-
-
-
- 17.4 Exclusion - [*]
-
- Normally, if you append a file specification (including wildcards) to your
- working directory path, any files that match that specification will be
- included in your display, and all others will be excluded.
-
- You may reverse this logic if you wish. Press [*] to turn on the
- exclusion feature; i.e., exclude all files that match, and include only
- those that DON'T match. Exclusion doesn't have any effect if your file
- specification is set to "*.*". If exclusion is on and you change your file
- specification to "*.*", it will be turned off.
-
- When exclusion is turned on, the file specification on the "DIR of" line of
- the display will be highlighted.
-
- Exclusion is applied before any filtering, and does not affect the filter-
- ing operation. First, a file becomes a candidate for display depending on
- its name as compared with your file specification. Next, if exclusion is
- on, candidates are discarded and non-candidates become candidates.
- Finally, any filtering in effect is applied to the candidate. If a file is
- still a candidate after these steps, it is included in the display.
-
- [*] is a toggle; pressing it a second time turns exclusion off.
-
- If you use the exclusion feature, be prepared for an occasional delay while
- EDDY builds the display. To determine which files to include, ALL files'
- directory entries must be read, and a byte-by-byte check made to see
- whether their names match the given file specification.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 18-1
-
-
-
- 18. Playing With RAM
-
- You may access your PC's main memory from EDDY, in much the same way as for
- files. If option /R is turned ON, the display will include an entry with
- the name " memory", showing the no. of bytes of RAM in your system (as
- indicated by your system's BIOS), and the current DOS date and time.
-
- This entry will appear at the end of the list of files in most displays,
- with two exceptions: if the sort sequence is inverted, the " memory" entry
- will be at the top; and if there are more files in the directory than EDDY
- can display at once, the " memory" entry will not appear at all.
-
- " memory" is not included in the display of number of files and bytes used.
-
- You may LOOK at, FIND strings in, or PATCH the " memory" entry. For more
- information on these, see the respective sections of this document.
-
- Pressing [F5] while the cursor is on the " memory" entry tags RAM for
- COPYing. When you UPDATE, the RAM data will be dumped into a file named
- "-MEMORY-. " (in the target). If such a file already exists, it will be
- overwritten. The file will be as large as your PC's memory, so on floppy-
- only systems you probably won't have enough room.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 19-1
-
-
-
- 19. Volume Identifiers
-
- DOS offers two methods of identifying disks: volume labels and volume
- serial numbers. EDDY provides services for both.
-
-
- 19.1 Volume Labels - [Alt+v] / [Alt+Shift+v]
-
- To create or change a volume label on a disk, press [Alt+v]. Then type the
- new label in the dialog box on the screen, and [Enter].
-
- Labels may contain ANY characters you like, with one exception: the first
- byte may not be 05 (hex). You may even enter a label of all blanks, if you
- want, or labels containing characters such as ":", "\" and ".".
-
- When creating a new label for an unlabelled disk, you'll get an error if
- the disk's root directory already has the maximum number of entries (e.g.,
- 112 for a DSDD 5-1/4" floppy) allowed by DOS.
-
- To delete an existing label, press [Alt+Shift+v].
-
-
- 19.2 Volume Serial Numbers - [^v]
-
- To create or change a volume serial number on a disk, press [^v]. Then
- type the new serial number in the dialog box on the screen, and [Enter].
-
- The serial number consists of 8 hexadecimal digits ("0" - "9", "A" - "F").
- There is also a hyphen displayed, but this is only for readability. The
- hyphen is not part of the serial number.
-
- Not all disks have volume serial numbers -- specifically, those formatted
- with a version of DOS earlier than 4.0, and some non-standard device-driven
- disks, such as some RAM disks and compressed disks. If you use [^v] on one
- of these, EDDY will complain.
-
- If you wish, you may PATCH 4 bytes in the boot sector, starting at offset
- 00000027h, with a serial number of your choice. If you want DOS to
- recognize it (e.g., with the "DIR" command) then you must also PATCH the
- byte at 00000026h to contain "29h"; this is a flag that tells DOS the boot
- sector contains a serial number, and other data normally included only with
- disks formatted by DOS 4 and later versions.
-
- On most disks formatted by earlier versions, the serial number field
- contains all zeros anyway, and there's no problem. Some however, have
- other values for these bytes, and the meaning (or lack thereof) is unknown.
- Patch at your own risk!
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 20-1
-
-
-
- 20. Disk Jockey's Delight (format-level disk functions)
-
- These functions are not available when looking at remote (network) drives.
-
-
- 20.1 "Compressed" or "Extended" Drives (CVFs: Stacker, etc.)
-
- EDDY can do things to your disks that you probably shouldn't do if using
- disk capacity expansion utilities such as DoubleSpace, Stacker, SuperStor,
- or similar products. For example, shuffling directories and and patching
- disk sectors have the potential to cause serious problems (i.e., your data
- may disappear!) if you're not completely certain of what you're doing.
-
- BACK UP YOUR DATA BEFORE EXPERIMENTING!
-
- Therefore, EDDY tries to identify such drives before proceeding with any of
- these functions. If a drive is identified as being one of these, you will
- either be warned and asked for confirmation before EDDY proceeds, or the
- function will simply be rejected, depending upon what you're trying to do.
-
- The first time one of these functions is requested on a drive, if EDDY
- can't decide automatically whether it's a real drive or a CVF (some vendors
- provide information on how to detect their products, and some don't) you
- will be asked...
- Is <x:> a "compressed drive" - DoubleSpace, Stacker, etc (y/n)?
- ...and EDDY will treat that drive according to your answer for the rest of
- that session. If you customize, the information as to which drives are
- CVFs will be recorded permanently.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 20-2
-
-
-
- 20.2 LOOK at Entire Disk - [F3]
-
- If you press [F3] on the third line of the display ("Drive X: is..."), you
- will enter LOOK mode for the entire disk, without regard to any file or
- directory structure. In effect, the whole disk is treated as a single
- file. The display will begin with the sector on the disk where the working
- directory is located.
-
- When LOOKing at the disk, the display is always in hex. However the
- meaning of "Offset" is different; "Offset" specifies physical disk sectors
- (normally 512 bytes each). Here's an example of this type of display:
-
- ================================================================================
- Offset 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07-08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII P
-
- 1B0 6F 6E 73 AC 20 77 68 69 63 E8 20 61 72 E5 20 A0 ??? ons, which are
- 1C0 63 6F 6D 70 75 74 65 E4 20 A0 61 75 74 6F 6D 61 ??? computed automa
- 1D0 74 69 63 61 6C 6C F9 20 8D 0A A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 ??? tically ..
- 1E0 A0 A0 A0 77 68 65 EE 20 65 6E 74 65 72 65 64 AE ??? when entered.
- 1F0 20 20 49 EE 20 63 61 73 65 F3 20 77 68 65 72 E5 ??? In cases where
- 0000193F 20 74 68 E5 20 64 69 6D 65 6E 73 69 6F 6E 61 EC the dimensional
- 0633 010 20 77 65 69 67 68 F4 20 A0 69 F3 20 8D 0A A0 A0 weight is ..
- 020 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 67 72 65 61 74 65 F2 20 74 greater t
- 030 68 61 EE 20 74 68 E5 20 61 63 74 75 61 EC 20 77 han the actual w
- 040 65 69 67 68 74 AC 20 74 68 E5 20 53 79 73 74 65 eight, the Syste
- 050 ED 20 61 75 74 6F 6D 61 74 69 63 61 6C 6C F9 20 m automatically
- 060 8D 0A A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 E3 61 6C 63 75 .. calcu
- 070 6C 61 74 65 F3 20 64 69 6D 65 6E 73 69 6F 6E 61 lates dimensiona
- 080 EC 20 77 65 69 67 68 F4 20 63 68 61 72 67 65 73 l weight charges
- 090 2E 0D 0A 2E 70 61 0D 7d A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 A0 46 72 ....pa.. Fr
- 0A0 6F ED 20 A0 69 6E 66 6F 72 6D 61 74 69 6F EE 20 om information
- 0B0 A0 65 6E 74 65 72 65 64 AC 20 74 68 E5 20 53 79 entered, the Sy
- 0C0 73 74 65 ED 20 63 72 65 61 74 65 F3 20 A0 E1 20 stem creates a
- 0D0 A0 64 65 74 61 69 6C 65 E4 20 8D 0A A0 A0 A0 A0 detailed ..
- 0E0 A0 A0 68 69 73 74 6F 72 F9 20 A0 6F E6 20 65 61 history of ea
- 0F0 63 E8 20 73 68 69 70 6D 65 6E F4 20 72 65 63 6F ch shipment reco
-
- -LOOK- Drive C:\ bits=8 tab=8 line= ? [F1]:HELP [Alt+F1]:MENU
- ================================================================================
-
- Figure 20-1
-
- The first line of each sector's display has the logical sector number in
- the "Offset" field (0000193F in the example). The other lines for the
- indicate the offset of the bytes from the beginning of the sector.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 20-3
-
-
-
- If the sector is the first sector of a cluster, the second line also shows
- the cluster number (0633 in the example). Numbering starts with cluster 2,
- which begins with the first sector in the disk's data area. Sectors in the
- DOS disk control area, which include the boot sector(s), File Allocation
- Table(s), root directory, etc., do not have cluster numbers.
-
- However, the starting sectors of the root directory and File Allocation
- Table(s) have "ROOT" and "FAT" respectively, under the sector number.
-
- You may notice the "???" strings in the first few lines of Figure 20-1;
- this is the way EDDY indicates sectors on which DOS has reported that an
- error has occurred while reading the data. The data may not be accurate.
-
-
- 20.2.1 Jumping Around
-
- Several "shortcut" methods are available to move the display quickly to
- various parts of the disk:
-
-
- a. Jump to Sector - [j]
-
- To move to a particular sector, press [j]. EDDY will ask you to enter the
- sector number, in hex. When you have done so, the display will move
- accordingly. If the number entered is larger than the last sector number
- on the disk, the last sector will be displayed.
-
-
- b. Jump to Cluster - [Alt+j]
-
- To move to a particular cluster, press [Alt+j]. EDDY will ask you to enter
- the cluster number, in hex. When you have done so, the display will move
- accordingly. If the number entered is larger than the last cluster number
- on the disk, the last cluster will be displayed.
-
-
- c. Jump to Working Directory - [Alt+w]
-
- Pressing [Alt+w] moves you to the first cluster of the working directory.
- (This is automatic when you LOOK at disk, but can also be used any time.)
-
-
- d. Jump to Target Directory - [Alt+t]
-
- If there is a target directory, and it is on the same disk as the working
- directory, it will be displayed if you press [Alt+t].
-
-
- e. Jump to Starting Cluster - [Alt+s]
-
- A directory entry contains a pointer (cluster number) to the first disk
- area allocated to that file or directory. This pointer remains in the
- entry even after the file has been deleted, until that entry is used again.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 20-4
-
-
-
- To look at the data on the disk at the logical start of the area allocated
- to a file or directory (the cluster), position the directory entry on the
- first line of the screen and press [Alt+s].
-
-
- f. Jump to Next Cluster - [Alt+n]
-
- Space on the disk is allocated in clusters, and the record of space alloca-
- ted is maintained in "chains" of cluster numbers, in the FAT. To view the
- data in the next cluster in the chain for a file, press [Alt+n].
-
-
- g. Jump to Unallocated Cluster - [Alt+u]
-
- When [Alt+u] is pressed after entry to LOOK, the first cluster that has not
- been allocated is displayed. After that, [Alt+u] displays the next
- sequential unallocated cluster. When all unallocated clusters have been
- displayed, there's a "beep" and the display returns to the first one.
-
-
- h. Jump to "Bad Spot" - [Alt+b]
-
- When [Alt+b] is pressed after entry to LOOK, the first cluster that was
- marked as "bad" by the disk formatting process (or other utility) is
- displayed. After that, [Alt+b] displays the next sequential "bad" cluster.
- When all "bad" clusters have been displayed, there's a "beep" and the
- display returns to the first one.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 20-5
-
-
-
- 20.2.2 Displaying Directory Entries - [Alt+d]
-
- If you have a directory entry displayed at the top of the screen, such as
- would be the case after an [Alt+w] or [Alt+t] command, described above, you
- can use [Alt+d]. The result will be a display (nearly) like EDDY's EDIT
- mode format for that entry. An example is given in Figure 20-2.
-
- The attributes are shown by the letters "N_ADVSHR". These stand for:
- Network-shareable, (system device), Archive, Directory, Volume, System,
- Hidden, and Read only, respectively. They are listed in the same order as
- the corresponding bits of the directory entry's attribute byte. The
- "system device" bit should never be on, and will normally be shown as "_";
- if it IS on for some reason, it will appear as a "+". An upper case letter
- means attribute ON, lower case means OFF.
-
- The "cluster" number is the starting cluster which is (or was, if the entry
- has been deleted) allocated to the file or subdirectory.
-
- After displaying a directory entry, any keypress will clear it. If the key
- used is also a valid command, it will be executed (e.g., if you press
- [Alt+s], the starting cluster will be displayed).
-
- ================================================================================
- Offset 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07-08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F ASCII P
-
- 00000053 49 42 4D 42 49 4F 20 20 43 4F 4D 27 00 00 00 00 IBMBIO COM'....
- ROOT 010 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 48 CA 10 02 00 DF 4D 00 00 .......HJ..._M..
- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
- | IBMBIO .COM 19935 6-10-88 9:00:02a n_AdvSHR, cluster=0002 |
- +------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
- 050 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 48 30 11 1B 00 1C 63 00 00 .......H0....c..
- 060 44 4F 53 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 13 00 00 00 00 DOS .....
- 070 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 A2 3F 10 28 00 00 00 00 00 ......."?.(.....
- 080 54 4F 53 48 49 42 41 31 36 30 30 28 00 00 00 00 Toshiba1600(....
- 090 00 00 00 00 00 00 21 AC 9B 12 00 00 00 00 00 00 ......!,........
- 0A0 54 41 53 4D 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 13 00 00 00 00 TASM .....
- 0B0 00 00 00 00 00 00 27 63 B5 12 BE 02 00 00 00 00 ......'c5.>.....
- 0C0 E5 52 49 56 45 20 20 20 44 20 20 20 00 00 00 00 eRIVE D ....
- 0D0 00 00 00 00 00 00 09 0F 38 13 9A 26 12 C0 05 00 ........8..&. ..
- 0E0 55 54 49 4C 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 13 00 00 00 00 UTIL .....
- 0F0 00 00 00 00 00 00 31 AC 9B 12 66 01 00 00 00 00 ......1,..f.....
- 100 48 4D 41 56 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 13 00 00 00 00 HMAV .....
- 110 00 00 00 00 00 00 D6 AE 9B 12 A2 01 00 00 00 00 ......V...".....
- 120 4D 49 53 43 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 13 00 00 00 00 MISC .....
- 130 00 00 00 00 00 00 3A 7D CB 12 FD 08 00 00 00 00 ......:}K.}.....
- 140 47 41 4D 45 53 20 20 20 20 20 20 13 00 00 00 00 GAMES .....
-
- -LOOK- Drive C:\ bits=8 tab=8 line=? [F1]:HELP [Alt+F1]:MENU
- ================================================================================
-
- Figure 20-2
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 20-6
-
-
-
- 20.2.3 Who Owns That Cluster? - [Alt+o]
-
- While LOOKing at the raw disk data, pressing [Alt+o] tells you what file
- (or directory, or other disk structure) "owns" the displayed disk area. If
- the display includes two sectors, the owner which is displayed will be for
- the sector at the top of the screen.
-
- If the sector is part of the system area at the beginning of the disk, a
- message will tell you which part of the system area it is: boot sector,
- FAT, root directory, or "reserved".
-
- For other parts of the disk, particularly on a big one, finding the owner
- can take a loonnngggg time! The DOS file system structures are not set up
- to make this kind of search easy.
-
- First, potentially all sectors in the File Allocation Table (FAT) must be
- scanned to find the one 12- or 16-bit FAT entry, if any, which contains the
- current cluster number. (That's NOT the FAT entry for the current cluster;
- it's the entry that POINTS to the current cluster).
-
- Then, that scan must be repeated for the entry just found, and then perhaps
- again, until there is no FAT entry which points to the one being looked
- for. That means we have found the first cluster in the chain.
-
- Once the first cluster has been found, we've just started. Next, we must
- scan the drive's "tree" of directories, looking at each file entry in each
- directory to find the one that contains that "first cluster number" we
- found by scanning the FAT.
-
- So patience, please!
-
- When the owner is displayed, you may see that the first byte of the
- filename is a "?", which of course is not a valid filename. This tells you
- that the file has been deleted, but the associated disk clusters have not
- yet been de-allocated.
-
- This is because some vendors' implementations of DOS, and some compressed
- disk drivers, do not de-allocate clusters when a file is deleted, but
- rather wait until the space is needed and then do a "garbage collection".
-
- If a cluster is marked as "allocated" in the FAT, but no owner can be found
- in the directory tree, that cluster is "lost", and can be reclaimed by
- running DOS's CHKDSK utility.
-
- NOTE: On some compressed disks (CVFs), because of differences in the
- actual low-level "disk" data structures used by the compression product and
- the logical disk data structures expected by EDDY, clusters may be reported
- as "lost" when there is actually no problem.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 20-7
-
-
-
- 20.2.4 COPY Unallocated Sectors ("Snoop") - [^u]
-
- You may create a file containing all currently-unallocated sectors on a
- disk (perhaps containing interesting -- to someone -- info from long-
- deleted files): LOOK at the disk, and press [^u].
-
- The file will be created on that same disk, and thus eats up all the
- available space. You may browse (i.e., "snoop") in the file, or whatever
- you like, but you'll eventually have to move it or delete it before you can
- do much more with that disk.
-
- EDDY will tell you the filename it used. The name will consist of 8
- apparently random letters. Actually, these are generated from the current
- date and time by DOS when it is requested to create a "temporary" file.
- The name is guaranteed by DOS to be unique within its directory. There is
- nothing really different about a temporary file except its name. It must
- be opened and closed just like any other file, and it doesn't go away
- automatically; if you want to get rid of it, you must explicitly delete it.
-
- If you want to prevent anyone with a copy of EDDY from snooping around in
- YOUR electronic dumpster, use the DESTROY Drive command (see Section 13.3.3)
-
-
- 20.3 LOOK at Boot Sector - [^Home]
-
- While LOOKing at the raw disk data, pressing [^Home] moves the display to
- the boot sector. A formatted, readable display of the information appears.
- The formatted display is cleared when any key is pressed. It may be
- redisplayed by pressing [Tab].
-
- Some data is not available with all disks -- it depends on the version of
- DOS used to format the disk, NOT on the version of DOS currently being
- used. Data that is not available in the boot sector being looked at is
- indicated by "?" in the appropriate field(s) of the display.
-
- Specifics such as the addresses of the individual fields, and which fields
- go with which DOS versions are beyond the scope of this manual. Details of
- the boot sector format variations are provided in many books, such as Ray
- Duncan's classic "Advanced MSDOS Programming".
-
- However, there are a few frequently-asked questions:
-
- - What are "reserved sectors"?
- Reserved sectors are sectors on the logical disk (partition) which
- precede the first File Allocation Table area. There is always at
- least one reserved sector: the boot sector itself.
-
- - What are "hidden sectors"? Hidden sectors are sectors on the physical
- disk that precede the first sector of the current logical disk
- (partition). The number of hidden sectors is usually equal to or a
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 20-8
-
-
- multiple of the number of sectors per track; i.e., the Master Boot
- Record (see next section) is on sector one of track zero of the
- physical disk, and the rest of that track is unused, with the first
- logical partition starting on track one.
-
- - What is the strange-looking "drive #"?
- On disks whose format supports this field, you'll normally see "00",
- "80" or sometimes "81" hex. "00" means this is not a physical hard
- disk; it may be a floppy, a compressed disk, a RAM disk, or some other
- driver-controlled device. "80", "81", etc. are assigned to physical
- hard disks connected to the system, and these are used with the
- physical, low-level disk i/o operations handled by BIOS interrupt 13h.
- This interrupt requires a drive number to be in register DL, as many
- books will tell you. What most of them DON'T tell you is that this is
- a completely different drive number than the "0 = A, 1 = B, ..." that
- most DOS services use. "80" means the first physical hard disk --
- typically, your "C:" drive.
-
- - Why doesn't the "volume label" match what I see in the EDIT display?
- What EDDY (or the DOS "dir" command) displays is the value stored in
- the root directory with the "volume" file attribute turned on. The
- value in the boot sector (where the format supports it) is OFTEN the
- same, but need not be. If you change the volume label (using [Alt+v]
- in EDIT mode), only the value in the root directory is affected.
-
-
- 20.4 LOOK at Master Boot Record (MBR) - [ ]
-
- When you are LOOKing at the disk, you may display the Master Boot Record
- either by pressing [ ], or, if the disk display is showing the disk's boot
- sector (offset 00000000h), by pressing [PgUp].
-
- There's really not much to see there except the Partition Table (or
- possibly some sneaky virus infection).
-
- A readable display of the Partition Table is provided initially. You may
- toggle between this and the raw, hex data display by pressing [Tab].
-
- Only true, physical hard disks have MBRs. Floppies, RAM disks, compressed
- disks (e.g., DoubleSpace, Stacker), and other non-standard device driver-
- controlled disks (such as some external hard disks connected via the
- parallel port) do not. Or at least, they don't have one that anything
- other than that specific device driver knows how to get at. If the disk
- you are looking at does not have an MBR that can be accessed, EDDY will
- complain when you try to look at it.
-
- When a physical disk has more than one partition, DOS treats each as a
- separate logical disk. It is these logical disks that you LOOK at with
- EDDY. From any of the logical disks on the same physical disk, pressing
- [ ] will display the same MBR -- there's only one per physical disk.
-
- EDDY does not allow patching of the MBR, in the interest of not making your
- hard disk data a totally unrecoverable loss!
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 20-9
-
-
-
- 20.5 PATCH Anything on a Disk - [F4]
-
- You can patch disks without regard to logical or physical file structure
- (except for the MBR, as explained above). This capability should be used
- with caution, as it is quite possible to make a disk unusable by patching
- the wrong byte(s). The first part of the disk (before cluster 0002)
- contains formatting and space allocation information, and is the most
- sensitive area. Therefore, EDDY will warn you and ask for confirmation
- before patching there.
-
- If this capability worries you, see the next section.
-
- !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
- WARNING! USE GREAT CARE WITH SECTOR PATCHING ON "COMPRESSED" OR "EXTENDED"
- DRIVES -- I.E., DEVICES CREATED AND MANAGED BY DOUBLESPACE, STACKER, AND
- SIMILAR PRODUCTS. PATCHING FILES STORED ON THOSE DISKS IS PERFECTLY SAFE,
- HOWEVER. SEE SECTION 20.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
- !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-
-
- 20.6 That's Too Dangerous!
-
- These very powerful features can be extremely dangerous in the hands of an
- inexperienced user, or worse, someone who is intent on doing damage. For
- this reason, some users prefer not to have all the capabilities readily
- available, especially on machines that may be used by more than one person.
-
- By creating a customized version of EDDY, you can PERMANENTLY disable the
- absolute sector patching feature. Just answer "n" when the question:
- "Allow disk PATCHing by sector in new EDDY (y/n)?"
- is asked, and the customized version will have this feature disabled. If
- you answer "y", you can change ANYTHING on a disk, including format data.
-
- Even if you customize again, using the disabled EDDY.COM as the master
- copy, sector patching cannot be re-enabled. Your original copy of EDDY.COM
- (or EDDY.OLD, after customizing), will still do sector patching, however,
- so it should be kept safely tucked away where only you can get to it.
-
-
- 20.7 FIND Strings Anywhere on a Disk - [Alt+f]
-
- The FIND command works the same as with a file. Refer to Section 16.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 21-1
-
-
- 21. Working With Disk-Image Data
-
- You can copy entire disks -- boot sector, FAT, and all -- for backup or
- other purposes. Some of the reasons you might want to do this are
- described below.
-
- You can also copy selected parts of a disk, which is primarily useful for
- data recovery purposes in situations where other methods fail.
-
- These functions are not available when LOOKing at remote (network) drives.
-
-
- 21.1 COPY Disk Image - [Shift+F5]
-
- To copy an entire disk to a file, move the cursor to the "Drive" line of
- the display and press [Shift+F5]. The target directory must be on a
- separate disk, which must be larger than the disk being copied.
-
- The resulting disk-image file will, by default, be named "DRIVE.{x}", where
- "x" is the letter of the drive that was copied. You may choose a different
- filename if you prefer. If a file with this name already exists in the
- target directory, you'll get a warning message and EDDY will let you decide
- whether to proceed or not. If you proceed, the existing file will be
- overwritten.
-
- This file will be 4 bytes longer than the disk being copied (6 bytes if
- it's a hard disk). EDDY writes the sector size and no. of sectors of the
- source disk at the beginning of the file, for checking compatibility if
- EDDY is used to restore the file to a disk (see next section). If you need
- a file that is an exact image of your disk (i.e., doesn't have these extra
- bytes), use EDDY's PATCH command to delete the first 4 (or 6) bytes.
-
- This feature will not work with copy-protection schemes that use non-DOS
- formats for some or all parts of the disk. Hidden files, non-standard
- directory structures, and unique boot programs are no problem, however.
-
- "That's interesting", you say, "but why would I want to do that?"
-
- There are several possible uses for this feature:
-
-
- a. Upload/Download Entire Disks
-
- Sending entire disks electronically is difficult without EDDY. If you have
- a disk you'd like to transmit via modem, use disk-image copying.
-
- Then you can compress the resulting file, and transmit. (For maximum
- compression, use a newly-formatted disk to create your original.) Make
- sure the receiver has a copy of EDDY, so that he can rebuild the disk as
- described in Section 21.2.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 21-2
-
-
-
- b. Make Multiple Disk Copies Quickly
-
- Another use for this feature is in making multiple copies of a single disk.
- Using EDDY to do a disk-image copy and then doing repeated disk-image
- restores, as described in Section 21.2 below, is a lot faster than
- repeating DOS's "diskcopy" several times. It's particularly effective if
- you copy the disk image to a RAM disk.
-
-
- c. Reduce Disks Needed for Backup
-
- A lot of software packages have a LOT of disks (Borland C++ comes to mind).
- Common sense tells us we should make backup copies of these disks, in case
- the originals go bad someday (There's ANOTHER 11 disks to store!).
-
- With EDDY, you can copy the original disks to image files, compress them
- with PKZIP or whatever, and copy two (sometimes 3) of those compressed
- files to one high-density disk. You've just cut your backup disk count at
- least in half.
-
- If you ever need the backup, just uncompress the file for the disk you
- need, then use EDDY's disk-image restore, and you're ready to go.
-
-
- d. No-Hassle Hard Disk Backup
-
- If you have two hard disks, you can use disk-image copying to backup the
- smaller on the larger -- and it's MUCH faster than other methods. I
- routinely backup my laptop's disk to an external hard disk. It takes about
- 6 minutes, with NO disk swapping or other manual intervention,for a 20 MB
- hard disk. And there are NO floppies to store and keep track of.
-
-
- 21.2 Disk-Image Restore - [Shift+F5]
-
- This is the command that makes disk-image copying, described above, so
- useful. This is how you rebuild identical-to-the-original, fully
- functional disks from the disk-image files.
-
- Pressing [Shift+F5] while the cursor is on a file previously created with
- EDDY's disk-image copy capability tags that file for copying in image
- format. This type of copy overwrites an entire physical disk, including
- format, boot and file allocation information on the target disk. The
- result is an exact copy of the disk originally used to create the file.
-
- When this command is used, the display will show "Copy image" next to the
- file involved. The actual copying will be done only when you enter UPDATE,
- by pressing [Enter] as normal from EDIT.
-
- EDDY checks the disk format of the target disk against the information
- saved from the original disk. If there is any difference, or if the file
- size has been changed since it was created, the restore will not proceed.
-
- Since the entire target disk will be overwritten by this operation,
- [Shift+F5] cannot be used if any other COPY or MOVE operations are pending.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 21-3
-
-
-
- 21.3 COPY Selected Disk Areas
-
- In addition to the capabilities described in this section, "byte" and
- "column" marking is available for use when LOOKing at disks. These are
- described in Section 8.6.
-
- The disk area copy capability is particularly useful for recovering lost or
- damaged data when other methods fail. This section describes the commands
- available to copy raw, disk-image data selectively.
-
- With these commands, you may copy all or parts of the DOS "system" area
- (the boot sector, FAT, root directory and any "hidden" sectors that may be
- part of your disk's format), or portions of the "data" area, where your
- files are -- or were -- stored.
-
- The resulting disk-image file will be named (by default) "SECTORS.{x}",
- where "x" is the letter of the drive that was copied. You will be able to
- choose a different filename if you wish.
-
- If a file with this name already exists in the target directory, you'll get
- a warning message and EDDY will give you a choice as to how you wish to
- proceed: either by overwriting the file or appending the new data to it.
-
- To COPY, you must first "mark" the areas desired. This process is
- different, depending on which part of the disk is involved. Marking is
- described in the next two sections.
-
- When you have defined the portion of the disk you want to copy, by marking
- it, press [Enter]. After you confirm -- as with other update-type
- operations -- by pressing [Enter] again, the area you have selected will be
- copied to the specified file in the target directory.
-
- If both the system area and the data area are marked, both will be copied.
-
- After copying is complete, EDDY unmarks all marked areas and remains in
- LOOK mode. Mark additional areas as desired, and copy those areas as well.
- Repeat as needed (as long as there is enough space in the target).
-
- As long as you do not return to EDIT, all data copied will be added to the
- end of the data in the "SECTORS.{x}" (or other specified) file. This lets
- you build that file without respect to the order of clusters on the disk.
-
-
- 21.3.1 Mark Sectors (System Area) - [m]
-
- In the system area, EDDY treats the data as three logical groups: the boot
- sector, plus any "hidden" sectors that may be present following it; the
- File Allocation Table(s); and the root directory.
-
- Select any or all of these to be copied, by positioning the LOOK display
- anywhere within the system area (e.g., by pressing [Home], [Home] to move
- to the boot sector) and then pressing [m] (for "mark"). To "UNDO" marking
- of data previously selected, press [F2].
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 21-4
-
-
-
- EDDY will ask which of the logical groups you wish to include in the COPY
- process. You will also be asked if you want to include "system area
- descriptions" along with the copied data. If you choose to do so, a brief
- text description will be placed in the file at the beginning of each
- logical data group, making it easy to identify each part of the data.
-
- Pressing [F2] (the "Undo" key) unmarks any sectors previously marked.
-
-
- 21.3.2 Mark Clusters (Data Area) - [m]
-
- Clusters to be copied are marked by moving the LOOK display to the cluster
- desired, and pressing [m]. If no clusters are currently marked, the single
- displayed cluster will be marked. If one or more clusters are already
- marked, the displayed cluster, plus all the clusters between it and the
- currently-marked clusters will be marked. Thus, the marked area is always
- a contiguous set of clusters.
-
- Only areas of the disk which are formatted for file storage, i.e., cluster
- #2 and beyond, can be marked in this way. Lower-numbered sectors (boot
- sector, FAT, root directory, etc.) may be marked and copied as described in
- the preceding section.
-
- Pressing [F2] (the "Undo" key) unmarks any clusters previously marked.
-
-
- 21.3.3 Jump to Marked Area - [Alt+m]
-
- If you press [Alt+m], the display will move to the first marked sector or
- cluster, if any, unless it is already displayed. In the latter case, if
- there are more marked clusters, the display will move to the last one.
- [Alt+m] has no effect if there are no marked areas, or if the entire disk
- is marked.
-
-
- 21.4 Data Recovery
-
- When you accidentally delete a file, there are many excellent products to
- help you recover your data. With luck, your file was allocated to contig-
- uous disk clusters, its directory entry has not been re-used, and no part
- of it has been overwritten. In this case, and even some more complicated,
- these programs can often recover your file automatically. If this solves
- your problem, congratulations! There's nothing easier.
-
- However, normally Mr. Murphy has made his contribution by the time you
- realize you have a problem. In this situation, EDDY offers facilities to
- assist you in recovering your data as easily as possible, and SAFELY!
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 21-5
-
-
-
- The job is made a little easier by some of the commands provided by EDDY.
- It is safe because all writes are to the target disk, which normally is
- physically separate from the one containing your data (you may override
- this if you choose). Thus, there is no chance of making things worse, by
- erroneously patching FATs or directories, or by copying data you are trying
- to recover on top of data you will want to recover later.
-
- The steps for file recovery are...
-
- 1. Set your working directory to the directory which used to contain the
- file which had the data you want to recover. Move to the "Drive X:
- is..." line and press [F3]. Then press [Alt+w] to move to the area of
- the disk containing the working directory. Continue with Step 2.
-
- If the directory has been deleted too, start with the (former) parent
- directory as your working directory, and use Steps 2 and 3 to move to
- the disk area containing the deleted directory information. Then begin
- with Step 2 from there.
-
- 2. Move the display until the line containing your deleted filename (or
- directory) is at the top of the display. Only the first byte of the
- filename will be different: that byte will be either "E5" or "05" hex;
- the rest of the name will be unchanged (Note that there is no "."
- between the name and extension parts).
-
- If you'd like a clear display of the directory entry at the top of the
- display, press [Alt+d]. This can be particularly useful if there are
- several entries that might be the one you're looking for, or if the
- name was only one byte long, because you may be able to identify the
- correct entry by the former size, date, time and/or attributes.
-
- If you don't find the filename in the first cluster of the directory,
- press [Alt+n] to move to the next cluster allocated to the directory,
- and continue looking for the filename.
-
- If you can't find the filename, go to Step 4, below.
-
- 3. When you have the filename at the top of the screen, press [Alt+s], to
- display the starting cluster of the deleted file. If the data looks
- like what you expected to find, proceed to Step 5.
-
- If the data there doesn't look like it belongs to that file, the
- cluster has probably been re-used by DOS to store another file. In
- this case, continue with Step 4.
-
- 4. This step is needed when you have to do things the hard way -- when
- directory entries or data file space has been re-used, and things are
- not so easy to find.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 21-6
-
-
-
- The task is to identify the first cluster containing data belonging to
- your file. If you know what the data looked like, you may be able to
- locate it by using the FIND command to locate some known string.
-
- Otherwise, you'll have to scan through the clusters until you find one
- that contains likely-looking data. This is not QUITE so hard as it
- might be, because EDDY provides you with a way of looking only at
- clusters which are currently unallocated, which is where any data from
- deleted files will be found. (But see note at bottom of this page.)
- Use [Alt+u] to look at the unallocated clusters, one after another.
- This is still tedious, but at least it's better than deciphering the
- FAT to locate these clusters.
-
- When you've found the cluster you want to start recovering, proceed to
- the next step.
-
- 5. Mark the selected cluster, using [m].
-
- 6. Look at the next cluster. If it looks like the next part of the file,
- mark it, too. Repeat this step until the current cluster looks like
- it's from another file, or from this one, but out of sequence.
-
- 7. Write the marked cluster(s), by pressing [Enter].
-
- 8. Find the next cluster that looks like it logically follows the last one
- written, using FIND or [Alt+u], as appropriate (refer to Step 4 for an
- explanation of these).
-
- 9. Repeat steps 5 - 8 until you feel you have all the data from your file
- (or as much of it as is left, if other files have overwritten some of
- the clusters previously used by your file).
-
- 10. Your data will be found in the "SECTORS.{x}" file ("x" is the drive
- where your data was stored) in the target directory.
-
-
- NOTE: Some vendors' implementations of DOS, and some compressed disk
- drivers, do not de-allocate clusters when a file is deleted, but rather
- wait until the space is needed and then do a "garbage collection". This
- makes recovery of a deleted file MUCH easier, as the cluster allocation
- chain remains intact. Just restore the first byte of the filename in the
- directory and Voila!, there's your file.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 22-1
-
-
-
- 22. Directory Optimization
-
- !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
- WARNING! DIRECTORY OPTIMIZATION USES LOW-LEVEL, SOMETIMES UNDOCUMENTED
- FEATURES OF MS-DOS AND/OR BIOS CAPABILITIES TO PERFORM ITS TASKS. ALTHOUGH
- EDDY HAS BEEN EXTENSIVELY TESTED, THERE IS ALWAYS A DANGER THAT EDDY MIGHT
- NOT EXECUTE CORRECTLY WITH THE COMBINATION OF SOFTWARE INSTALLED ON YOUR
- SYSTEM. THE POTENTIAL FOR PROBLEMS IS ESPECIALLY ACUTE WHEN OPTIMIZATION
- FEATURES ARE USED WITH "COMPRESSED" OR "EXTENDED" DRIVES (CVFs) -- I.E.,
- DEVICES CREATED AND MANAGED BY DOUBLESPACE, STACKER, AND SIMILAR PRODUCTS.
- EDDY WILL WARN YOU WHENEVER THESE FEATURES ARE INVOKED FOR USE ON CVFs, BUT
- YOU MAY CHOOSE TO IGNORE THE WARNING. BE CAREFUL! BACK UP YOUR DATA
- BEFORE EXPERIMENTING! SEE SECTION 20.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
- !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-
- There are three main reasons for changing the order of directory entries on
- disk: to improve access speed, to free wasted disk space, and/or to allow
- directory information to be presented in some non-standard sequence that's
- unique to a particular application or user's preference.
-
- Access Speed
- ------------
- When DOS needs to access a particular file or subdirectory, it
- does a sequential search from the top of the directory, until it
- either finds the entry it's looking for, a never-used directory
- slot, or the end of the directory. Clearly, if the entry wanted
- is near the beginning, and there are no directory slots present
- that are marked as "deleted", it'll be found quicker.
-
- Disk Space
- ----------
- Directories may grow as large as necessary to hold as many files
- as are placed in them, up to the limit of available disk space --
- except for the root directory, which has a size fixed at format-
- ting time. Once they have grown, they NEVER shrink, even if you
- delete all the files in them. The only way they get smaller is
- when the entire directory is deleted -- OR use EDDY to erase
- deleted entries and free the associated space (directory packing).
-
- Non-standard Sequences
- ----------------------
- Many utilities offer a variety of sequences for sorting directo-
- ries: typically filename, extension, size or timestamp. However,
- sometimes there's a need to put directories in an arbitrary
- sequence, which can't be handled by the usual sorting utilities.
- This might be to get the directories in the desired order for a
- disk optimizer, or just because you prefer to see them listed
- that way. EDDY lets you put things in any order you please, by
- using the "Shuffle" command (see Section 22.2).
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 22-2
-
-
-
- 22.1 Sorting a Directory
-
- Directories are normally sorted for display purposes only (as described in
- Section 1.5.2) to group files in ways -- by name, date, etc. -- that make
- it easier to work with them. Usually, displaying this way is enough, and
- there's no need to keep the sequence permanently on disk.
-
- When you do want to make the sequence permanent, however, just press
- [Shift] at the same time as you press the regular sorting commands; e.g.,
- press [Alt+Shift+n] for sorting by name, [Alt+Shift+d] for sorting by date,
- etc. -- except [Alt+Shift+u] has no effect. When the directory has been
- sorted by using the shifted commands, the letter for the sequence code at
- the bottom of the screen will blink.
-
- The blinking sequence code indicates that when you UPDATE, the directory
- can be rewritten to disk in that sequence. After all file-related UPDATE
- actions -- copy, move, delete, rename, etc. -- have been done, the
- message...
- Write sorted directory to disk (y/n)?
- ...will appear, and EDDY will wait for your reply. If you answer "y", the
- rewrite process will begin.
-
- If the working directory display includes only some of the files in the
- directory, due to a file specification used (e.g., "*.DOC"), or attribute
- or timestamp filtering, then the entries for those files will be rewritten
- first, before the remaining entries in the directory. The result will be a
- directory display with two, separately sorted parts.
-
- Any entries marked as "erased" by DOS will be moved to the end of the
- directory, to minimize time wasted by DOS in searching through them when
- using the directory later.
-
- For a way to eliminate this wasted time altogether, refer to Section 22.3.
-
- Before starting the rewrite, a check is made to be sure no files are
- currently open in the directory. Rewriting with open files is likely to
- cause directory corruption, as DOS maintains pointers to absolute disk
- locations for data about files that are open, and rewriting will probably
- move that data during the process.
-
- EDDY uses some undocumented data structures within DOS to check for open
- files. If EDDY finds data there that doesn't look valid, and therefore is
- unable to check for open files, this message...
- Unsure if files open. Sorting not attempted
- ...will be displayed.
-
- EDDY can sort directories with over 2000 entries (including any deleted
- entries), depending on available memory.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 22-3
-
-
-
- 22.2 Shuffling a Directory - [Alt+F6]
-
- EDDY lets you arrange your directories in any order* you wish. Rather than
- sorting in the standard ways -- name, size, etc. -- you may move the
- directory entries around to suit your own preferences, and then write them
- permanently in that sequence.
-
- This is useful to improve access speed to frequently-used directories and
- files, by placing them at the beginning of their respective directories.
-
- Shuffling is accomplished as follows:
-
- 1. Move the cursor to the directory or file you wish to move, and
- press [Alt+F6]. The action tag "Shuffle..." will appear next to
- that entry.
-
- 2. Move the cursor to the entry located where you want the tagged
- entry to be placed, and press [Alt+F6] again. The tagged entry
- will be moved to the position immediately after the current entry,
- and the tag "Shuffled" will appear next to that entry.
-
- These two steps may be repeated as often as desired, resulting in many
- "Shuffled" tags.
-
- An entry that is tagged for any other action, such as COPY or DELETE, may
- not be tagged for "Shuffle...". If you do the second step on the same
- entry as the first, the only effect is to cancel the "Shuffle..." tag.
-
- If you UNDO a "Shuffled" entry, ALL "Shuffled" entries will be untagged.
- Also, if you re-sort the directory (or use any of several other commands
- that do a re-read of the directory without changing the sequence), any
- pending "Shuffled" tags will be cancelled. You will be warned before this
- is done, so that you don't lose the tags accidentally.
-
- When one or more entries have been Shuffled, the sequence code shown at the
- bottom of the screen will change to a blinking "?".
-
- When you UPDATE, the directory will be rewritten in the order it is
- displayed, and after the UPDATE the indicated sequence will be "U"
- (unsorted). All entries that were moved as a result of the shuffling will
- be shown as "shuffled" (the lowercase first letter indicating a completed
- action).
-
-
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * NOTE: There are two exceptions to "any order": the '.' and '..' entries
- at the beginning of a subdirectory can't be moved, nor can the DOS system
- files (IBMBIO.COM, IBMDOS.COM or similar name) at the beginning of a root
- directory be moved.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 22-4
-
-
-
- 22.3 Packing a Directory
-
- Erased directory entries are placed at the end of the directory by the
- rewrite process. However, they still occupy space and they still waste
- search time when a file is "Not found" (this can become significant with
- long PATH statements). On the plus side, an erased entry MAY be used to
- recover a file deleted by mistake.
-
- If you are sure you won't need to recover any files deleted in a directory,
- then use EDDY to get rid of them. Depending on how many there are, you may
- get some additional free space on your disk, as EDDY will shrink the
- directory to the minimum size needed to hold the entries remaining. You
- will also eliminate time wasted in searching through them.
-
- When the directory rewrite process begins, if any directory slots are
- marked as "deleted", EDDY will ask...
- Erase "deleted" directory entries (y/n)?
- If you answer "y", the directory will be "packed" as it is rewritten.
-
-
- 22.4 Had a Problem? Don't Panic!
-
- This process has been exhaustively tested by the author and many users,
- without any problems. However, some of us are hesitant (read
- "intelligent") about using programs that mess with our disks in
- non-standard ways. Therefore, the following information is offered.
-
- Sorting and rewriting directories cannot be done using the standard DOS
- application services. EDDY handles this by writing directly to the
- directories, and using DOS services where available. No non-standard
- manipulation of the File Allocation Table (FAT) is involved.
-
- The steps EDDY uses internally to sort and rewrite a subdirectory are:
-
- 1. Set the "directory" attribute OFF in the subdirectory's entry in
- the working directory. DOS now treats the subdirectory as a file.
-
- 2. Read the "file", using standard DOS services.
-
- 3. Sort the directory entries in memory, and rewrite the "file"
- (packing it if appropriate), again using standard DOS services.
-
- 4. Turn the "directory" attribute back ON in the directory.
-
- If there is a problem with any of the above steps (e.g., a power failure
- during the update), recovery is straightforward.
-
- - If the subdirectory is still shown as a directory entry in its parent
- directory, there's no problem.
-
- - If there was a problem with step 4, the subdirectory will be shown as a
- "file" (i.e., no "directory" attribute) in the parent directory, with a
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 22-5
-
-
-
- length of zero. Don't panic! There's only one little bit that has to be
- changed. To fix this problem, LOOK at the disk to display the raw
- directory data. Move the display until the entry for the "file" is at the
- top, and PATCH offset 0Bh to "10h". Your directory is now restored. Exit
- from LOOK, and you'll see the result.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 23-1
-
-
-
- 23. UPDATE Mode - [Enter], [^Enter]
-
- When you want to apply to disk the changes you have indicated in EDIT mode,
- press [Enter] to go to UPDATE mode. EDDY will display the net change in
- number of bytes used on disk which will result from your update. A "+"
- means more bytes will be used, and a "-" means some bytes will be freed.
-
- Before actually writing anything to disk, EDDY will ask you to confirm that
- you want to proceed, by pressing [Enter] again. This is to avoid writing
- to disk before you are ready because of touching a key by mistake.
-
- If you use [^Enter] to start the UPDATE, EDDY will ask you whether to put
- the current date/time on files copied. UPDATE normally -- after [Enter] --
- leaves the timestamp unchanged on a file that has been copied. If you use
- [^Enter] instead, EDDY will ask whether you want to do this or not. (See
- discussion of the "timestamp" configuration parameter, in Section 26.3.2e).
-
-
- 23.1 Applying changes
-
- As each file is processed, its EDIT mode display line is displayed,
- allowing you to monitor UPDATE's progress through the directory. If a
- file's display line is not yet shown, nothing has been done to that file.
-
- After each file has been processed, EDDY checks to see if you have pressed
- a key. If so, updating will be suspended. All processing for the file
- being worked on will be completed, but no work will start on the next file.
-
- When UPDATE has been suspended, it may be resumed by pressing [Enter] (or
- [^Enter], if you want to change the way timestamps on any further copied
- files are treated). If you press [Esc], EDDY returns to EDIT mode, leaving
- intact any requests for changes not yet processed by UPDATE; these changes
- may be UNDOne if desired, or UPDATEd later.
-
- UPDATE does Deletes and Destroys first. After deletions, a second pass is
- made to apply any other requested changes.
-
- If there are errors during UPDATE processing, (read or write problems,
- e.g.) EDDY reports the error as indicated by DOS and suspends the UPDATE at
- that point. You may resume the UPDATE or return to EDIT.
-
- After a successful UPDATE, pressing any key returns to EDIT. If the key is
- one of EDDY's commands, it will be acted on.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 23-2
-
-
-
- After an UPDATE, any files moved or deleted from the working directory will
- be shown grouped together at the end of the directory display, rather than
- in their original locations before the UPDATE.
-
- If there are more files in the directory than can be displayed by EDDY,
- files deleted or moved will not be shown; instead, additional files from
- the working directory will be displayed.
-
-
- 23.2 Print a Record of Your Changes - [Alt+p] / [^p]
-
- While EDDY is waiting for confirmation to proceed with an UPDATE -- i.e.,
- after you have pressed [Enter] once, and before you press it a second time
- -- you may tell EDDY to print the changes as they are made.
-
- Press [Alt+p] to print. Pressing [Alt+p] again turns printing off.
-
- You may turn printing on during the UPDATE by pressing [Alt+p]. Printing
- will begin with the next change.
-
-
- 23.3 Target Capacity Check
-
- EDDY checks to be sure there is enough room on the target directory disk to
- satisfy any COPY or MOVE requests you made before starting the UPDATE. If
- there is, EDDY proceeds as described above.
-
- However, when there is not enough room, you'll see the following messages:
-
- Not enough room on X:
- Bytes needed: nnnnnnn
- Can't COPY/MOVE files
-
- "X:" is the target disk drive. The number of additional bytes needed is
- calculated from the file sizes in the working directory and the cluster
- size of the target directory disk, and takes into account that EDDY does
- deletions first while updating.
-
- To make room on the target disk, you must delete or move files occupying
- clusters equal to the total "bytes needed". (Most files' sizes are not
- even cluster multiples, but the space allocated to them by DOS always is.)
-
- When there are changes requested in addition to the copies and/or moves,
- this message will also be displayed:
-
- [Enter] to apply other UPDATEs
-
- If you decide to go ahead, requested changes other than copies and moves
- will be done, but files selected for copying or moving will be ignored.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 23-3
-
-
-
- There are some situations in which the displayed summary of changes in disk
- space used may be inaccurate. In some cases, EDDY may run out of disk
- space at some intermediate stage during COPY/MOVE operations, even though
- the summary indicates there is enough space. This may happen in two
- situations. First, when all of these conditions occur:
-
- 1. Two or more files, for which there are files with the same name in
- the target directory, are being copied or moved.
-
- 2. Some of the files from the working directory use more clusters
- than their namesakes in the target directory, and some use fewer.
-
- 3. The big files are copied or moved before the small ones.
-
- In this case, all free space could be filled before space is freed by the
- copying or moving of the smaller files. If this happens, just resume the
- UPDATE by pressing [Enter]. When the UPDATE has completed, the files that
- were not copied will still be tagged. UPDATE again to copy those.
-
- A second situation that can cause the computed space requirement to be
- inaccurate is when copying is done with TAB removal (see Section 11.5.1).
- TAB removal (using a TAB interval 2 - 8) results in a file larger than the
- original. As EDDY does not scan the file first to count the actual number
- of TABs in the file and calculate the number of additional bytes that will
- result from the TAB removal, it is possible to run out of space on the
- target disk.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 23-4
-
-
-
- 23.4 Error Recovery
-
- 23.4.1 Data Errors
-
- If a read error is encountered on a disk during a COPY or MOVE operation,
- EDDY offers five alternatives:
-
- 1. Abort the copy/move process. In this case the DOS error code will
- be displayed, and no new copy will be produced. EDDY will
- continue with any other updates that may have been requested for
- other files.
-
- 2. Retry. If you choose this option, EDDY will start the copy
- process again from the beginning of the file.
-
- 3. Write a sector of "#" bytes in the new copy of the file in place
- of the sector that cannot be read. The new copy will be the same
- length as the original. All data which was in disk sectors that
- did not have have a problem will of course be copied intact.
-
- To see where the errors were, you might do a FIND on a string with
- several "#"s in a row. (EDDY writes a full sector, minus 4 bytes,
- of "#"s -- the "#"s are preceded and followed by a CR,LF pair.)
-
- NOTE: If you'd rather use some character other than "#", EDDY can
- be customized; see the "copy error" configuration parameter,
- described in Section 26.3.2e.
-
- 4. Copy the data actually read, even though DOS has indicated it is
- bad.
-
- 5. Skip the sector entirely, and write the next good block
- immediately after the previous block in the new copy. This
- obviously results in a new copy that is shorter than the original.
-
- When this alternative is used, there is nothing in the new file to
- indicate where sectors have been deleted.
-
- SUGGESTION: Select alternative 3, then rename the original and copy it
- again, this time choosing 4. This allows you to see where the bad data is,
- by looking at the first copy, and to see just how "bad" the data is, by
- looking at the second copy.
-
- After the copy or move, the message displayed for the file(s) involved will
- be "copied(?)" or "moved(?)", to indicate that the new copy is not exactly
- the same as the original. Also, the date and time on the new copy will
- always be the current date and time in this case.
-
- If multiple errors occur on a file, all will be treated in the same way,
- according to the alternative you select when the first was encountered.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 23-5
-
-
-
- 23.4.2 Cross-linked Files
-
- When EDDY copies a file, the number of bytes actually read is compared to
- the file size contained in the file's directory entry. If there is a
- difference, you will see the message: "Size shown in directory incorrect".
-
- The most probable cause of this is that you have two files which have
- somehow had the same disk cluster assigned to them by DOS (This is NOT a
- problem caused by EDDY!). You can verify that this is the case by running
- CHKDSK; CHKDSK will tell you which cluster is the overworked one, and would
- also normally tell you that there are some "lost allocation units". Under-
- standing the situation is fairly straightforward; finding the cause is not!
-
- What this means is that you have the beginning of both files intact, up to
- the cluster where they are cross-linked. After that cluster, you have the
- rest of ONE of those files. The rest of the other file, minus whatever was
- stored in the problem cluster, is most likely to be found in the "lost
- allocation units".
-
- EDDY doesn't offer any special capabilities to help you, beyond providing a
- way to look at file contents and truncate files as required, but the
- following discussion is offered in the hope that it may help someone
- confronted with this problem for the first time.
-
- If you have this problem, to salvage what you can, do the following:
-
- 1. Copy both files to the target directory. One of them will be
- correct (call this one "GOODFILE" for purposes of this
- discussion). You'll probably have to LOOK at them or try running
- them to figure out which one that is.
-
- 2. Run CHKDSK /F to convert the "lost" bits to a file. CHKDSK will
- give it a name like "FILE000n.CHK". Multiple files will be
- created if there is more than one group ("chain") of lost
- clusters.
-
- 3. If the file that was NOT correct after this step (call this one
- "BADFILE") is a text file, LOOK at the ".CHK" file(s) to see if
- you can identify some data that appears to belong with BADFILE.
- If so, rename that .CHK file appropriately (say, "BADFILE.MOR").
- If BADFILE is not a text file, there's probably not much you can
- do, except proceed to step 6.
-
- 4. You may then use your editor, word processor, EDDY or whatever to
- chop off the erroneous data at the end of BADFILE. (This is data
- that actually duplicates some of the correct data belonging to
- GOODFILE).
-
- 5. Then, using DOS's COPY command (or other tools as appropriate),
- rejoin the two parts -- e.g., COPY BADFILE+BADFILE.MOR BETTER.FIL.
-
- 6. Delete the remaining .CHK files after examining them to be sure
- the don't contain anything useful.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 24-1
-
-
-
- 24. Batch Operations
-
- 24.1 Commands Available
-
- In batch mode, you may COPY, MOVE, DELETE or DESTROY files. The desired
- command is specified on the command line, as a "numeric" option. The
- numbers used correspond to function keys used interactively...
-
- /5 - COPY files ([^F5]) /6 - MOVE files ([^F6])
- /7 - DELETE files ([^F7]) /8 - DESTROY files ([Shift+^F7])
-
- Other numeric options useful in batch mode are:
-
-
- 24.2 Processing Sequence
-
- Option /1x - "x" defines the sequence (E = extension, D = date/time, N =
- name, etc.) in which files will be processed. Lowercase inverts order.
-
-
- 24.3 Synchronization Controls
-
- Option /2xxxxxx - "x"s define Synchronization Control settings (see Section
- 10). If the default settings are correct, /2 is not required. Normal
- defaults are Y,Y,C,C,N,N.
-
- Thus, to COPY files newer than corresponding files in the target, enter a
- command like...
- "EDDY/5 C:\WORK A:"
-
- To DELETE files that are duplicates of those in the target, enter...
- "EDDY/7/2NNNNYY C:\WORK A:"
-
- Attribute and timestamp filters may be used to select files in batch mode.
- Files with read-only, hidden or system attributes will not be processed in
- batch mode unless they are explicitly selected by an attribute filter.
-
- If a file to be copied or moved is "read-only" in the target, the command
- will proceed only if the file is also read-only in the working directory.
- Otherwise, the file name will be displayed with a message to inform you of
- the situation, and the file will not be copied or moved.
-
- NOTE: In batch mode the Control setting "C" works differently than it does
- when you use EDDY interactively. If the condition is encountered corres-
- ponding to a Synchronization Control which is set to "C", the file name and
- the message describing the condition will be displayed for information
- only, and the file will NOT be copied, moved, or otherwise acted upon.
-
- When any of these messages are displayed, you'll hear a "beep". If there
- are many such messages, so that they scroll off before you can read them,
- remember you may press [ScrollLock] anytime to pause the display.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 24-2
-
-
-
- 24.4 ERRORLEVEL
-
- Non-batch mode EDDY executions always leave DOS's ERRORLEVEL set to zero.
-
- When a batch mode execution finishes, ERRORLEVEL will be set according to
- the results, as follows:
-
- If all updates were done successfully, ERRORLEVEL will be set to zero.
- If updates were not done because no files qualified according to the
- criteria given by the Synchronization Controls, ERRORLEVEL will be set
- to 255.
-
- Any error encountered will terminate EDDY, and ERRORLEVEL will be set
- to the standard DOS error number as applicable (e.g., ERRORLEVEL = 2
- for "File not found", 3 for "Path not found", etc.).
-
- EDDY also provides informative displays of the ERRORLEVEL values returned
- by child processes -- i.e, commands executed via Point-n-Shoot -- during
- interactive (non-batch) operations. See Section 14.2 for more on this.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 25-1
-
-
-
- 25. Tracking Directory Changes with "Snapshots"
-
- Some reasons for keeping track of changes to your directories:
-
- - When installing a new software package (especially under Windows!), it's
- usually VERY hard to identify all the files that have been added or
- modified by the installation process. Of course, that makes it difficult
- if you decide you want to uninstall the package later; you don't know for
- sure which files are safe to remove.
-
- - If you share access to files with others, it's often useful to know what
- files the "others" may have messed with.
-
- - Being able to tell which files have been changed after running a program
- gives you a way to detect many virus infections.
-
- EDDY offers a simple mechanism to allow you to keep track of changes. You
- can take a directory "snapshot", which records the working directory data
- in a file, and you can compare a previously-taken snapshot with the current
- working directory data.
-
- Snapshot processing may be interrupted, as described in Section 25.3.
-
-
- 25.1 Take Snapshot - [Shift+F5]
-
- With the cursor on either the "DIR of..." line (top line of display), or on
- the "." line if the display is for a subdirectory, press [Shift+F5] to take
- a "snapshot".
-
- If the working directory contains subdirectories, you will be given a
- choice of "snapping" the entire subtree (from the working directory down),
- or snapping just the working directory.
-
- Choosing to snap the entire subtree while in the root directory allows you
- to easily and precisely track changes that may occur anywhere on your disk.
-
-
- 25.1.1 Snap Working Directory Only
-
- The directory information for ALL files and subdirectories (except the "."
- and ".." entries), hidden or otherwise, displayed or not, will be recorded
- in a file named SNAPSHOT.{.} (Actually, the extension is a hex 0F9 enclosed
- in brackets, but that won't print properly on many printers, and it looks
- pretty much like a ".", anyway).
-
- There is an exception to the above statement: SNAPSHOT.{.}'s directory
- data will NOT be included in the snapshot. Also, SNAPSHOT.{.} will not be
- automatically included in any of the "repeated" command processing; e.g.
- it would not be tagged for COPY if you press [^F5], nor DELETE if [^F7].
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 25-2
-
-
-
- A Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) will be computed and stored for all files
- (but not subdirectories), so that changes to the files' contents may be
- detected later. If you have really big files, such as DoubleSpace or
- Stacker compressed volumes, the calculation can take a loonnngggg time!
- Therefore, when calculating CRCs for files larger than a couple of
- megabytes, EDDY displays the filename, and allows you to interrupt the
- calculation for that file by pressing [^c].
-
- If you interrupt, then no comparison can be done later on the CRC for that
- file -- it will always be considered to have no change in CRC until you
- later take a snapshot and allow the calculation to complete. For
- compressed disks, there's probably not much point in calculating a CRC
- anyway, as these files normally change every time you use your system.
-
-
- 25.1.2 Snap Working Directory Subtree
-
- If you choose to include all subdirectories of the working directory in the
- snap process, a separate SNAPSHOT.{.} file will be created in each of those
- subdirectories. This works just as described above, for each directory in
- the subtree.
-
- The status line at the bottom of the screen will tell you which directory
- is currently being snapped ("Analyzing..."). This may occasionally be
- changed to identify large files as their CRCs are being calculated, as
- described above. If you press [^c] while one of these filenames is being
- displayed, the CRC calculation will be skipped, just as when snapping
- single directories.
-
-
- 25.2 Compare Directories with Snapshots - [Shift+F3]
-
- If the cursor is on the "DIR of..." line or the "." line, pressing
- [Shift+F3] causes EDDY to compare the contents of the snapshot file with
- the current working directory data.
-
- If the working directory contains subdirectories, you will be given a
- choice of comparing snapshots and directories in the entire subtree (from
- the working directory down), or just the working directory and its
- SNAPSHOT.{.} file.
-
- In addition to the material below, another way to use the snapshot feature
- for comparing directories is described in Section 8.7.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 25-3
-
-
-
- 25.2.1 Working Directory Snapshot Comparison
-
- If no differences are found, you will see a message to that effect. If
- there are differences, you will see a screen (the "DELTA Summary) showing
- the differences found, by category. The categories are:
-
- 1. In DIR, not in Snapshot
-
- 2. In Snapshot, not in DIR
-
- 3. Timestamp newer than Snapshot
-
- 4. Timestamp older than Snapshot
-
- 5. Same except for attributes
-
- 6. Same timestamp, different size
-
- 7. No change since Snapshot taken
-
- 8. Same size, different CRCs
-
- A file will be counted only under one of categories 1 - 7. For files which
- are still the same size as recorded in the snapshot, and are in categories
- 3, 4 or 5, the CRC is recomputed and compared with the value stored in the
- snapshot. Any differences are counted under category 8, AND under category
- 3, 4 or 5 as appropriate. Thus, the total count may be greater than the
- number of files in the directory.
-
- For each category with a non-zero count, you may view the list of files in
- that category. Categories 3 - 6 will show both the snapshot data and the
- working directory information, for easy comparison. The display is in the
- order that the directory entries are physically stored on the disk.
-
- If the directory sequence is different from when the snapshot was taken,
- "NOTE - Directory sequence changed"
- will be displayed as the last line of the summary.
-
- As when the snapshot was taken, you may interrupt the CRC comparison
- process for big files if you don't want to wait for the calculation to
- complete. If you do interrupt, the CRC for that file will be treated as
- though it is identical to the CRC previously stored in the snapshot file,
- regardless of its actual value.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 25-4
-
-
-
- 25.2.2 Subtree Snapshot Comparisons
-
- If you choose to compare snapshots and directories throughout a subtree,
- the operation for each directory is similar to the description in Section
- 25.2.1.
-
- The primary difference is that if a subdirectory has no changes from its
- snapshot (or no snapshot is present), no display will be generated for that
- directory, and processing will continue immediately to the next directory
- in the subtree when you finish looking at the display of differences.
-
-
- 25.3 Interrupting Snapshot Processing - [^c]
-
- Taking and comparing snapshots can take quite a while, as every byte in
- every file must be examined. In case you get impatient, you may press [^c]
- at any point in the process.
-
- If you interrupt the process while snapshots are being created for all the
- directories in a subtree, any SNAPSHOT.{.} files created up to that point
- will be left intact.
-
- If you press [^c], you will normally be given a choice whether just to
- bypass processing for the current directory, or cancel the snapshot process
- entirely. An exception is if you press [^c] while the CRC of a big file
- ("big" means > 2MB) is being calculated. In that case, only the CRC
- calculation for that file is interrupted, as described above.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 26-1
-
-
-
- 26. EDDY's Default Settings are Lousy!
-
- You can't please all of the people all of the time. With this in mind,
- EDDY is designed to be easy to "tailor" to your taste in several ways.
-
- EDDY can be customized, creating a new copy of EDDY.COM with the various
- colors, options, controls, etc. set the way you like them.
-
-
- 26.1 Customizing - "EDDY/0"
-
- To customize, execute EDDY with option /0 (i.e., enter "EDDY/0") and use
- the normal commands available in the program to set the options, etc. When
- you have everything set up the way you want it, press [Enter].
-
- You'll see a display of the various features that may be customized, to use
- as a final checklist. Press any key to clear this display, and then tell
- EDDY to create a new copy of itself with the settings you have selected, by
- pressing [Enter] or [^Enter]. Normally, EDDY puts the current date/time on
- the new copy; if you want the old timestamp on the new copy, use [^Enter].
- (See also the discussion of the "timestamp" configuration parameter, in
- Section 26.3.2e).
-
- When you customize, the version of EDDY that is to be customized (which
- must be the same as the version that's executing) must be named "EDDY.COM".
-
- EDDY may be customized by two different methods (or a combination of the
- two). The EDDY distribution package includes a file called "EDDY.INI".
- This text file contains information which is used to set the default values
- for the program when you run EDDY/0. After EDDY.INI has been read, you may
- modify the default settings by using EDDY's normal commands, as described
- below. More information regarding the use of EDDY.INI is in Section 26.3.
-
-
- The customizable features, and the ways to set them, are:
-
- 1. Screen colors (see Section 26.2)
- - use [Alt+r] (note: [Alt+r] valid only during customizing)
-
- 2. Options (see Section 2.3)
- - select via [Alt+o] or from the command line
-
- 3. Synchronization Controls (see Section 10)
- - select via [Alt+c]
-
- 4. Sort sequence (see Section 1.5.2)
- - use [Alt+d], [Alt+e], [Alt+h], [Alt+n], [Alt+s], [Alt+u] or [Alt+i]
-
- NOTE: If you use any of the above sort commands, then sorting
- by date/time when using a timestamp filter is not automatic.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 26-2
-
-
-
- 5. Default action for [Alt+w] and [Alt+t] (see Section 5.1.1)
-
- 6. Default point-and-shoot command (see Section 14.2.2)
- - use [Shift+F8], and enter desired command
-
- 7. Attribute filter, and associated directory display (see Section 17.2)
- - use [Alt+a], or from the command line, "+xx"
-
- 8. Command key used with left mouse button (see Section 2.1.2a)
- - use [Alt+m], then press key for desired command
-
- 9. Left- or right-handed mouse (see Section 2.1.2b)
- - use [Alt+m], then press right mouse button
-
- 10. Mouse sensitivity (see Section 2.1.2c)
- - use [Alt+Shift+m], then move left or right
-
- 11. LOOK mode bit-stripping, line-wrapping and TAB default settings
- (see Section 8.2.3)
- - in LOOK mode, use [Alt+b], [Alt+l] and [Alt+number], respectively
-
- 12. Hex/ASCII toggle key (see Section 8.2.1a)
- - in LOOK mode, [Shift+Tab] allows selection of the key to be used
-
- 13. Auto-scrolling speed (see Section 8.2.2)
- - in LOOK mode, use [^PgUp]/[^PgDn]
-
- 14. Enable/disable absolute sector patching feature (see Section 20.6)
- - answer question: "Allow disk PATCHing by sector in new EDDY (y/n)?"
-
- 15. Identify compressed disks permanently (see Section 20.1)
- - answer question: "Is <x:> a 'compressed disk'...(y/n)?"
-
- When customizing, no editing, copying, patching or other changes to the
- disk can be made. The only purpose for this mode is to let you set things
- the way you want them, and then make a copy of EDDY with those settings.
-
- The customized version will be written to the directory EDDY was executed
- from, and will be named "EDDY.COM". The original copy of EDDY will be
- renamed "EDDY.OLD".
-
- During the process of creating the new, customized EDDY.COM, there could be
- error conditions such as bad spots on the disk which cause the process to
- abort; if this occurs, you may see an error message referring to "EDDY.NEW"
- (e.g., "Error writing EDDY.NEW"). EDDY.NEW is the name given to the new
- copy during the customizing process, until it has completed without error;
- only then are the files renamed as described in the preceding paragraph.
-
- The messages "Where's EDDY.COM?" or "Incompatible EDDY.COM", mean EDDY.COM
- can't be found, or the version that's there is not the same as the version
- that's executing, respectively.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 26-3
-
-
-
- 26.2 Rainbow Selection - [Alt+r]
-
- In "customize" mode only, the [Alt+r] command is available to allow you to
- select the color combination for EDDY that best suits your monitor and
- preferences. [Alt+r] displays the following:
-
- SELECT SCREEN COLORS
-
- For next color on Press
- ----------------- -----
- Headings [h]
- Text body [t]
- Cursor line [c]
- Window borders [w]
- [Alt+F1] for menu/HELP colors
- (Upper case for prev color)
-
- [Enter] when you like the colors
-
- Pressing any of the indicated letters changes the color of the corres-
- ponding part of the display, cycling through all the available colors as
- you press repeatedly. Upper case letters cycle in the opposite direction.
-
- When the colors are the way you want them, press [Enter]. Those colors
- will then be used with the new, customized copy of EDDY you create.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 26-4
-
-
-
- 26.3 Customizing a New Version of EDDY
-
- Once you have customized your copy of EDDY, your custom configuration is
- stored in a file called "EDDY.INI". Use of this file makes it easy to
- upgrade to a new version of EDDY without having to go through the detailed
- customization process again. It also allows easy transfer of your
- registration information to the new version without having to go through
- the patching process. More information on this is given in Section 26.4.
-
- The only information that is not saved between customizations is whether a
- disk drive letter is actually a compressed volume. Since this can change
- dynamically, the determination is made with each customization you do.
-
-
- 26.3.1 EDDY.INI
-
- EDDY.INI is an ASCII text file which contains information ("configuration
- parameters") to initialize EDDY's default values when you run "EDDY/0".
- There is a line in EDDY.INI for every parameter which can be customized.
-
- When you see EDDY's directory display, the initialization from EDDY.INI has
- been completed. You may then proceed to customize EDDY further, if you
- wish, using the commands and techniques described above. When you have set
- up everything the way you prefer, and create your new, customized copy of
- EDDY (by pressing [Enter]), an updated EDDY.INI, with the new configuration
- parameters, will also be created. The parameters in this new EDDY.INI may
- then be used as the basis for any more customizing you decide to do.
-
- When EDDY.INI is updated, the new configuration data is appended to the
- previous data in EDDY.INI, if any. Also, each new set of data has a
- timestamp at the beginning. This gives you a record of your configuration
- changes, and allows you to fall back to a previous configuration if you
- want (by deleting lines from EDDY.INI that were added after the desired
- configuration). EDDY processes all lines in the file sequentially, so your
- latest configuration data will be the last applied.
-
- If any errors are found while processing EDDY.INI, the line numbers where
- the errors occurred will be listed, and those lines won't be processed.
- All other lines will be processed, and the customizing will continue
- normally. To determine why a line was rejected, refer to the description
- provided in Section 26.3.2 for the particular parameter involved.
-
- EDDY.INI may be modified if you wish, using any tool that produces plain
- ASCII text. If you have accumulated a lot of configuration data, due to
- multiple customizations, you may want to delete some of the older data.
-
- If you completely trash EDDY.INI, or accidentally delete it, don't worry.
- Customize with no EDDY.INI present, and a new one, fully commented and with
- parameters set to the current values used by your copy of EDDY will be
- created.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 26-5
-
-
-
- EDDY.INI is NOT used to configure EDDY's settings during normal usage, as
- the file access and interpretation slows down the startup process a lot.
- If you prefer to use EDDY.INI every time EDDY runs, set the "configure"
- parameter to "y" in EDDY.INI, and execute "EDDY /0"; every subsequent run
- of that customized copy of EDDY will use EDDY.INI to get its parameters.
-
-
- 26.3.2 Configuration Parameters
-
- Configuration parameters in EDDY.INI consist of a one- or two-word
- parameter identifier, followed by an "=" sign, and a parameter value, if
- desired. Related parameters are grouped together as sections in the file,
- and are alphabetical within sections. That grouping is also used in this
- document.
-
- The sections, and some examples of the types of parameters in them, are:
- [administrivia] - registration info
- [screen] - colors, size
- [mouse] - sensitivity, "handedness"
- [printer] - port name
- [EDIT mode] - options, synchronization controls, filters
- [LOOK mode] - tab settings, toggle key
- [DOS Gateway] - default command, supplementary prompt
-
- In EDDY.INI, the sections are provided for readability only; the order of
- the lines may be changed (or lines may be deleted) and the section headings
- may be changed or deleted, too.
-
- Anything following a ";" is treated as a comment. Comments may be added or
- deleted as desired.
-
- For parameters that have "yes/no" values, "n" and "no" are treated the
- same, as are "y" and "yes". Use whichever you prefer.
-
-
- a. [administrivia]
-
- configure=
- Set this parameter to "y" (i.e., "configure=y") if you want EDDY.INI
- to be used every time EDDY is run, whether customizing or not.
- (Obviously, this will take effect only after you have run EDDY/0 at
- least once with this parameter setting). If you choose to do this,
- expect EDDY to take a somewhat longer to display the first directory.
- Default: "n"
-
- name=
- The name of the person or organization to whom this copy of EDDY is
- registered.
-
- serial=
- The registration serial number corresponding to "name".
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 26-6
-
-
-
- b. [screen]
-
- edit colors=
- Colors used for edit, look, and update mode displays. These are
- four 3-byte strings, separated by commas. If you want to change the
- colors, doing it interactively during customizing (by using [Alt+r])
- is much easier than trying to construct the parameter strings. This
- parameter is primarily used as a means of recording the selected
- colors, rather than as a way of changing them (although you CAN
- change them this way, if you wish).
-
- The first byte is a letter: "T" (for text), "H" (headings), "C"
- (cursor line) or "W" (windows), defining the part of the display that
- is to have this color. Next are two hexadecimal digits defining the
- color to be used, and then an "h", which is really just a reminder
- that the digits are hex.
-
- The two hex digits represent one byte, which has the following
- format (bit 7 is the leftmost bit):
-
- bit 7: 1=foreground character blinks
- bits 6-4: color for background
- (000=black, 001=blue, 010=green, 011=cyan, 100=red
- 101=magenta, 110=brown or dark yellow, 111=white)
- bit 3: 1=brighten foreground color
- bits 2-0: color for foreground character
- (values same as for bits 6-4)
-
- The parameter line with EDDY's default color values would be:
- "edit colors=T0Bh,H1Bh,C1Eh,W1Eh"
-
- help colors=
- Colors used for help and menu displays. These are expressed as three
- 4-byte strings, each in the same format as for "edit colors", as
- described above. The first byte is one of: "T" (for text), "H"
- (highlights), or "C" (cursor line).
-
- The parameter line with EDDY's default color values would be:
- "help colors=T07h,C0Eh,H70h"
-
- max lines=
- Normally, the physical capacity of a monitor, in terms of the number
- of lines it can display, can be detected automatically by EDDY.
- However, there are some special-purpose monitors that have more lines
- than the BIOS settings indicate. In this case, EDDY's display would
- use only part of the screen space actually available.
-
- If you would like EDDY to use a different number of lines than are
- indicated by the BIOS, you may override the BIOS value by setting
- this parameter to that number (maximum value: 66).
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 26-7
-
-
-
- For the vast majority of monitors, the "max lines parameter should be
- left with its default setting of "auto detect".
-
-
- c. [mouse]
-
- action=
- Key press to be simulated when primary mouse button is clicked. See
- Section 26.3.3 for a description of how to specify a key to EDDY.
- Default: [F3].
-
- button=
- "left" or "right" identifies which mouse button is the primary one.
- Default: "left"
-
- double click=
- Defines the maximum amount of time that may separate two consecutive
- clicks and still have them recognized as a "double click". It is
- specified in 10ths of a second, with legal values 1 through 9.
- Default: 4 (i.e., 4/10 of a second)
-
- sensitivity=
- Two 3-byte strings, specifying the sensitivity of the mouse in
- responding to movements. The first byte of the string is either "h"
- or "v", indicating whether the string defines the "horizontal" or
- "vertical" sensitivity component. Next are two decimal digits: "00"
- is the least sensitive, "99" the most. Defaults are "h25,v25".
-
-
- d. [printer]
-
- port=
- The hardware port to which the printer is attached. Allowable values
- are "LPT1" - "LPT4". Default: "LPT1".
-
-
- e. [EDIT mode]
-
- attributes filter=
- If you want to use an Attribute Filter as the default setting, it is
- specified by this parameter. The format is as described in Section
- 17.2.1. Default: no filter.
-
- attributes style=
- This parameter determines the "style" in which file attributes will
- be displayed. Valid styles are "1" and "2"; Figures 1-1 and 1-2
- illustrate these styles. Default is "1".
-
- controls=
- Synchronization Controls (see Section 10). Default: "YYNNCC".
-
- copy error=
- When EDDY finds data errors on a disk during a COPY operation, the
- bad sectors may be written out to contain all "#" bytes. You may
- choose some other byte value if you wish. Default is "#".
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 26-8
-
-
-
- easy look=
- Default operation is that when [Enter] is pressed in edit mode, and
- there are no pending updates, the action will be just as though [F3]
- had been pressed -- i.e., you look at the current file or directory.
- If you prefer to keep [Enter] dedicated for use only to applying
- updates, set this parameter to "no". Default: "yes".
-
- filter dirs=
- Directories are not normally displayed unless they pass the filter
- (attributes and/or timestamp) being used. If you want to display the
- directories always (with one exception), set "filter dirs" to "no".
- Exception: directories are not displayed if the filter specifies that
- attribute "D" must be OFF. Default: "yes".
-
- options=
- Options are described in Section 2.3. An uppercase option letter
- means the option is OFF; lowercase means ON. Default: all OFF.
-
- security=
- Defines the method used to overwrite files tagged for DESTROY.
- "ask" means ask for method to be used for each UPDATE
- "std" means use standard method
- "high" means use high-security method
- The actions taken for the standard and high-security settings are
- described in Section 13.3. Default: "ask".
-
- sort=
- Sort sequence for EDDY's initial directory display: N)ame.
- E)xtension, D)ate, S)ize, H)our, U)nsorted. Uppercase means
- ascending order, lowercase means descending. Default: "N".
-
- target=
- "box" or "tree" specifies whether target directory selection
- ([Alt+t]) is handled by the dialog box method or by tree display.
- Default: "box".
-
- timestamp=
- Specifies how file timestamping is handled when [^Enter] (rather than
- [Enter]) is used to initiate a copy, patch or customize update; i.e.,
- does the file retain its existing timestamp, or get a new one? With
- [Enter], the default actions are...
-
- - copy: retain timestamp
- - patch: new timestamp
- - customize: new timestamp
-
- Values allowed for this parameter are: "ask" or "auto".
-
- With [^Enter], and this parameter set to "ask", you will be asked
- how you want the timestamp to be handled; if set to "auto", no
- question will be asked, and the opposite action from the default
- described above will be used. Default: "ask".
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 26-9
-
-
-
- work=
- "box" or "tree" specifies whether working directory selection
- ([Alt+w]) is handled by the dialog box method or by tree display.
- Default: "box".
-
-
- f. [LOOK mode]
-
- auto scroll=
- Defines the relative speed at which auto-scrolling (see Section
- 8.2.2) will occur. This is a decimal digit, 1 thru 9. Default: 3
-
- bit strip=
- If you want to have "bit-stripping" on as the default display mode,
- set this parameter to "y". Default: "n"
-
- hex toggle=
- If you prefer some key other than [Tab] (the default) for switching
- the look mode display between hex and ASCII text, set this parameter
- to the key you want to use. The key you choose must be one that is
- not used for other look mode functions. If there is a conflict, EDDY
- will use [Tab]. See Section 26.3.3 for a description of how to
- specify a key to EDDY.
-
- line wrap=
- Setting this parameter to "y" causes line wrapping to be turned on
- for look mode text displays. Default: "n" (off).
-
- sector patch=
- If you wish to disallow use of EDDY for direct patching of disk
- sectors, set this parameter to "n". More information on this
- parameter is in Section 20.6.
-
- snow OK=
- Used only with Color Graphics Adapter (CGA) monitors. EDDY displays
- RAM (in LOOK mode) and updates the screen between keystrokes,
- allowing you to watch what's really happening there; i.e., some
- locations, such as the system clock, are constantly changing.
- However, updating with this frequency causes screen flicker with a
- CGA. Most people find this very annoying, and so this "real time"
- display isn't normally done with a CGA. If you REALLY want to try
- this, set "snow OK" to "yes", and have an aspirin ready.
-
- tabs=
- This parameter specifies the number of bytes per Tab interval. Legal
- values are 0 thru 8. Default: 8
-
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 26-10
-
-
-
- g. [DOS gateway]
-
- command=
- Pressing [Shift+F8] executes a default command. That command is
- defined by this parameter.
-
- prompt=
- This parameter defines an addition to the DOS prompt displayed to
- remind you when you are using the DOS Gateway. If you do not want
- any such reminder, set this parameter to "none". Any other string
- (maximum length: 6 bytes) is used as the prompt. Default: "Exit$g".
-
- swap path=
- When you use the DOS Gateway, the memory available for processes you
- run while there may be maximized by using this parameter. Specify
- the full path to be used for creating a "swap file" for temporary
- storage. The swap file will be created only if you use the Gateway,
- and is deleted when EDDY terminates. The swap file will use at most
- 256K bytes. On average, using the swap file will make about 120K
- more RAM available for Gateway processes. I recommend not specifying
- the "root" as the path, although that will normally work; the problem
- is the root has a fixed limit on the number of files that can be
- stored there, and if there's no room, the swap file can't be created.
-
- If you specify a swap path, it will be used. If you don't, but you
- use the DOS environment variable "TEMP", that path will be used. To
- inhibit swapping entirely, set this parameter to "none".
-
-
- 26.3.3 Defining a Key - [Alt+k]
-
- Two configuration parameters -- "action" and "hex toggle" -- allow you to
- choose keys that will be used for those purposes. Keys are defined by
- strings in the same format as used throughout this document, and as
- displayed in various screens and messages produced by EDDY.
-
- These strings are formed as follows:
-
- If the key is to be [Alt]-shifted, include "Alt+" as part of the string.
- If [Shift] is to be used, include "Shift+". If [Ctrl] is involved, precede
- the base key name with "^".
-
- Thus, if you wanted to use [Alt] and [Ctrl] with [F12], the definition
- string would be "[Alt+^F12]. If you wanted to use [Shift] as well, the
- string would be [Alt+Shift+^F12].
-
- Base key names are generally as shown on the keycap. The "arrow" keys are
- referred to as ["Up]", "[Down]", "[Left]", and "[Right]". If you are
- unsure of a key's name for use with EDDY, press [Alt+k] in edit mode,
- followed by a press of the key whose name you wish to know.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 26-11
-
-
-
- 26.4 How Do I Get Rid of the *$#^&! "UNREGISTERED" Message?
-
- That's an easy one: Register! See Section 27 for details. If you've
- already registered, read on...
-
- When you register EDDY v.7u or later, your registration information (name
- and registration serial number) is also stored in EDDY.INI. Anytime you
- get a newer version, just run "EDDY/0", and the registration will be
- automatically be applied to your new copy.
-
- If you have registered a version earlier than EDDY v.7a, drop me a line and
- I'll send you the latest version, registered in your name.
-
- If you have a version between 7a and 7t, you may find the name your copy
- is registered to, and the associated serial number, by LOOKing at EDDY.COM.
- The registered name is stored at offset 00000010h, and the 6-byte serial
- number at 00000025h (00000054h in version 7a, 00000055h in 7b).
-
- Write down the name and serial number exactly as they appear in EDDY.COM.
- Then either use EDDY to patch them into the new EDDY.COM at offsets 10h and
- 25h, respectively, or enter them into the "name" and "serial" parameters in
- EDDY.INI, and run EDDY/0.
-
- Your new copy of EDDY will now display the "Registered to: (your name)"
- message when you run it. If not, you have probably made an error entering
- the name and/or serial number. Just repeat the process to correct it.
-
-
- 26.5 And How About the (expletive deleted) "Register?" Button?
-
- If you print out EDDY's registration form -- [Alt+z] followed by [m] and
- then [y] or [Enter] -- the button will disappear for the remainder of that
- session with EDDY. If the button is highlighted (i.e., you have "updated"
- at least 3 times), pressing [Alt+z] by itself will turn off the highlight-
- ing until the next update.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 27-1
-
-
-
- 27. Registration is FOREVER!
-
- If you have registered an earlier version of EDDY, refer to Section 26.4.
-
- If you find EDDY to be useful and satisfactory after a reasonable trial
- period (say, 30 days), and you continue to use EDDY, then you should
- register. You may register by credit card, by mail, or by using the
- Compuserve SWREG facility. More info on these in Sections 27.2 - 27.4.
-
- The low registration fee purchases a license, as described below. It also
- entitles you to technical support as described in Section 28.1, to receive
- subsequent updates at cost of handling and distribution, as well as the
- satisfaction of knowing you have done "the right thing". Also, the big
- "Register" button on the EDIT mode screen will no longer be displayed, and
- EDDY stops nagging you when you customize or do multiple updates.
-
- When you register, you will receive the latest version, registered in your
- name. Once you have registered, the serial number you receive will be
- valid for all future releases of EDDY, as explained in Section 26.4.
-
- EDDY will (gently) remind you if your copy is not yet registered. However,
- all versions, registered or not, are fully functional -- not "crippled" in
- any way. All features are available to everyone.
-
-
- 27.1 Pricing
-
- "Users" means the number of people, on a network or separately, who may be
- using the program simultaneously.
-
- If ordering more than one copy, please specify the individual or company
- name(s) to whom the copies should be registered.
-
- 1 - 5 users ............................ each $25
-
- 6 - 25 users ............................ each $20
- (yes, 6 is a bargain)
-
- Site licenses negotiable.
-
-
- 27.1.1 Payment
-
- All prices are expressed in US dollars. Checks should be drawn on a US
- bank, payable in US dollars. Non-US checks, in convertible currencies, are
- accepted at current exchange rates, but a hefty additional fee is charged
- by my bank to process them. Therefore, if paying by non-US check, please
- add $15 (i.e., a single registration is $40).
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 27-2
-
-
-
- 27.1.2 Updates
-
- For those who can't find EDDY on a BBS or other source, updates are
- available to registered users at $5.00 per copy, to cover costs of postage
- and handling.
-
- When ordering, please specify the version you are currently using.
-
- NOTE: "Handling charges" have always been an annoying thing to me, but in
- the case of EDDY, there really is some "handling" other than putting things
- in an envelope and mailing: each copy must have the registration info
- inserted, and then the registered copy is tested to be sure the disk is OK
- and no problems have been introduced in the process.
-
-
- 27.2 Registering by Credit Card
-
- CREDIT CARD ORDERS ONLY
- +++++++++++++++++++++++
- You can order with MasterCharge, Visa, American Express, or Discover from
- PsL -- Public (software) Library -- by calling 800-2424-PsL or 713-524-6394
- or by FAX to 713-524-6398 or by CIS Email to 71355,470. You can also mail
- credit card orders to PsL at P.O.Box 35705, Houston, TX 77235-5705.
-
- Please refer to item number 10740 when ordering by credit card.
-
- THE ABOVE PHONE/FAX NUMBERS ARE FOR ORDERS ONLY
- +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
- Please DO NOT send credit card orders directly to the author. This will
- only delay shipment. I am not able to process credit card orders, and
- must send them back to you with a request to resubmit through PsL.
-
- Any questions about the status of the shipment of the order, refunds,
- registration options, product details, technical support, volume discounts,
- dealer pricing, site licenses, etc, must be directed to John Scofield, at
- the address shown on the logo when you exit from EDDY.
-
- To insure that you get the latest version, PsL will notify me via email the
- day of your order, and I'll ship the latest version directly to you.
-
-
- 27.3 Registering by Mail
-
- To register by mail, use the form provided by PRINTing the last page of
- this file (EDDY.DOC), or by running the "EDDY_REG.BAT" file. Or print a
- copy of the form by pressing [Alt+z] from EDIT mode. Then mail the form
- with your check to the address shown when you exit from EDDY.
-
- For checks drawn on a non-US bank, please don't forget the additional
- US$15 -- see Section 27.1.1.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 27-3
-
-
-
- 27.4 Registering via Compuserve - GO SWREG
-
- If you are a Compuserve user, you may register EDDY on-line. Just "GO
- SWREG", and refer to product #4186.
-
-
- 27.5 "The License"
-
- Registration purchases a license for the right to use the program -- NOT
- the program itself. One registration fee entitles you to one ACTIVE copy
- of the program at any time.
-
- Here are the terms of the license:
-
- THIS SOFTWARE AND THE DISK ON WHICH IT IS CONTAINED ARE LICENSED TO
- YOU, FOR YOUR OWN USE. THIS IS COPYRIGHTED SOFTWARE. YOU ARE NOT
- OBTAINING TITLE TO THE SOFTWARE OR ANY COPYRIGHT RIGHTS. YOU MAY
- NOT SUBLICENSE, RENT, LEASE, CONVEY, MODIFY, TRANSLATE, OR CONVERT
- THE SOFTWARE TO ANOTHER PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
- YOU MAY MAKE AS MANY COPIES OF THIS SOFTWARE AS YOU NEED. YOU MAY
- USE THIS SOFTWARE ON MORE THAN ONE COMPUTER, PROVIDED THERE IS NO
- CHANCE IT WILL BE USED _SIMULTANEOUSLY_ ON MORE THAN ONE COMPUTER.
- IF YOU NEED TO USE THE SOFTWARE ON MORE THAN ONE COMPUTER AT A TIME,
- PLEASE CONTACT THE AUTHOR. SITE LICENSES ARE AVAILABLE.
-
- Thanks to Steven Hudgik for the form and most of the wording used in the
- license and warranty disclaimers. His book, "Writing & Marketing Shareware"
- (Windcrest Books, 1992), is highly recommended.
-
-
- 27.6 Pass A Copy to a Friend ("de-personalized")
-
- If you would like to pass along a copy of EDDY for someone else to try,
- that would be great! However, some users feel uncomfortable in giving out
- a copy that shows their name every time it runs. If you would like to
- "de-personalize" a copy before passing it on, just patch EDDY.COM at offset
- 00000025 hex to 00 hex (or any other value different from what's currently
- there); that copy will become an "UNREGISTERED" copy. Don't forget to
- remove your registration info from EDDY.INI, too.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 27-4
-
-
-
- 27.7 EDDY is NOT Free and NOT Public Domain!
-
- Although EDDY is distributed in this way, it is not free. It is also
- protected by copyright, and has not been released into the public domain.
-
- EDDY is shareware. This means you are free to make copies, pass copies on
- to anyone else who may be interested, and take a reasonable time to "try
- before you buy" (I consider something on the order of 30 days to be
- "reasonable"). You are, however, expected to honor the "buy" obligation if
- the "try" is satisfactory.
-
- Copies of the program may not be sold for more than the cost of the medium
- they are copied on, plus reasonable handling charges.
-
- EDDY and this User's Manual may be copied ad lib provided the author's
- copyright notice and disclaimers of warranty are reproduced in full.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 28-1
-
-
-
- 28. Distribution and Support / Disclaimer
-
- If you have a problem with EDDY, I'll do my best to help. However, before
- we get to the specifics of such help, please consider the following:
-
- If you have not yet done so, please read the "DISCLAIMER" that appears both
- below and at the beginning of this file. In part, this disclaimer means
- there is no representation that EDDY will do ANYTHING, whether or not the
- author or the documentation states or implies that it will. Similarly,
- there is no representation that the program will NOT do anything harmful or
- annoying. Whatever it may do or not do, the author is not responsible for
- the results. Any person using EDDY bears all risk as to the quality and
- performance of the software, and the consequences of using it.
-
- DISCLAIMER - PLEASE READ CAREFULLY!
- +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
- BY USING THIS PROGRAM, EDDY ("THE SOFTWARE"), WRITTEN BY JOHN SCOFIELD
- ("THE AUTHOR") YOU ACCEPT THESE TERMS:
-
- THE SOFTWARE AND ITS ASSOCIATED DOCUMENTATION ARE SUPPLIED
- "AS-IS", WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. THE AUTHOR EXPRESSLY
- AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
- RELATING TO THE SOFTWARE, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
- BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF QUALITY,
- PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- PURPOSE. NEITHER THE AUTHOR NOR ANYONE ELSE WHO HAS BEEN
- INVOLVED IN THE DELIVERY OF THE SOFTWARE SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR FOR
- ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE OF ANY NATURE CAUSED TO ANY PERSON OR
- PROPERTY AS A RESULT OF THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF THE
- AUTHOR HAS BEEN SPECIFICALLY ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
- DAMAGES OR CLAIMS. THE AUTHOR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY COSTS,
- INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE INCURRED AS A RESULT OF
- LOST PROFITS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF USE OF THE SOFTWARE, LOSS OF
- DATA, THE COSTS OF RECOVERING ANY SOFTWARE OR DATA, OR
- THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR'S LIABILITY
- FOR ANY DAMAGES TO YOU OR ANY OTHER PARTY EVER EXCEED THE PRICE
- PAID FOR THE LICENSE TO USE THE SOFTWARE, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM
- OF THE CLAIM.
-
- +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 28-2
-
-
-
- 28.1 Technical Support
-
- Technical support is guaranteed to be available to any registered user for
- at least six months from the date of registration. In practice, support is
- available for an unlimited time; only if circumstances (e.g., illness) make
- it impractical to continue would support ever cease.
-
- In the unlikely event you (as a registered user) have a problem with EDDY
- (not a bug, surely!), if you take the trouble to report it, I'll try to
- solve it. And I'll get back to you with a fix, if possible.
-
- With any problem report, please include the following information:
-
- 1. Version number of your copy of EDDY (as shown on the logo
- which is displayed when you exit from EDDY)
-
- 2. Level of MS- or PC-DOS you are using
-
- 3. Any resident programs being used -
- - listings or copies of AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS are very helpful!
-
- 4. As complete a description of the problem as possible -
- - what did you enter on the command line?
- - what commands did you use just before the problem occurred?
- (the last 4-5 keystrokes, if possible)
- - how was EDDY's output different from what you expected?
- - IMPORTANT! A listing of your EDDY.INI file contents
- - [PrtSc] screen printouts before and after the problem (if possible)
- - any other information that seems relevant
-
- 5. Hardware used
- (please provide the information from the following list that seems
- related to your problem) -
- - computer: brand name & model
- @ - memory size
- - monitor: color or B/W, brand name & model, screen size (if not 25x80)
- - display adapter: Mono, CGA, EGA, VGA or ???; brand name & model
- - mouse, if any: number of buttons, brand name & model
- - working directory disk drive: type & size, brand name & model
- - target directory disk drive: type & size, brand name & model
- - any other hardware
-
- 6. Your name, address and phone number
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 28-3
-
-
-
- 28.2 How Can I Get in Touch With You?
-
- I move around a LOT; both throughout the US and in various places around
- the world. Mail eventually reaches me, but it sometimes takes a while
- longer than people expect. Please try to be patient -- I WILL respond.
-
- Please send all correspondence to: John Scofield
- 117 West Harrison Bldg.
- 6th floor, Dept. S-678
- Chicago, IL 60605 USA
-
- This address is a forwarding service. If quicker contact/response is
- needed, and you have a modem, you may reach me via Compuserve: 70162,2357.
- If you have access to the Internet, e-mail may be sent to me at:
-
- scofield ACM.org
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 28-4
-
-
-
- 28.3 Where Can I Find the Latest Version?
-
- EDDY is available on Compuserve: GO PCUTIL (formerly IBMSYS), LIB 6; and
- on many other BBSs, including the ASP Hub Network BBSs, which offer it as a
- free download.
-
- These BBSs are members of the ASP Hub Network (AHN):
-
- Zone 1 - East Coast USA
-
- North-East Coast Mid-East Coast
-
- [Site #1] [Site #2]
- The Consultant BBS The Break RBBS <East>
- Jay Caplan Bruce Jackson
- P.O. Box 8571 4660 Whitaker PL
- New York NY 10116-4655 Dale City, VA 22193-3011
- BBS Phone: 718-837-3236 BBS Phone: 703-680-9269
- BBS Software: PCBoard BBS Software: RBBS
-
- Zone 2 - North Mid-USA Zone 3 - Southern Mid-USA
-
- [Site #3] [Site #4]
- The Twilight Zone The DataExchange BBS
- John Hrusovszky Don Morris
- 1119 E. Main St 119 Herring St.
- Auburndale, WI 54412 Leesville, LA 71446
- BBS Phone: 715-652-2758 BBS Phone: 318-239-2122
- BBS Software: RBBS BBS Software: UltraBBS
-
- Zone 4 - West Coast USA Zone 5 - Canada
-
- [Site #5] [Site #6]
- Space BBS Knightec BBS
- Owen Hawkins Phil Knight
- PO Box X 35 Robb Blvd #6
- Menlo Park, CA 94026 Orangeville, ONT L9W 3L1
- BBS Phone: 415-323-4398 (ASP Files) BBS Phone: 519-940-0007
- BBS Software: PCBoard BBS Software: PCBoard
-
- These BBSs are bound by special agreement with the ASP. In the case of a
- dispute contact the ASP Ombudsman.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page 28-5
-
-
-
- 28.4 A.S.P. Ombudsman
-
- This program is produced by John Scofield, a member of the Association of
- Shareware Professionals (ASP). ASP wants to make sure that the shareware
- principle works for you. If you are unable to resolve a shareware-related
- problem with an ASP member by contacting the member directly, ASP may be
- able to help. The ASP Ombudsman can help you resolve a dispute or problem
- with an ASP member, but does not provide technical support for members'
- products.
-
- Please write to the ASP Ombudsman at 545 Grover Road, Muskegon, MI
- 49442-9427 USA, FAX 616-788-2765 or send a Compuserve message via
- Compuserve Mail to ASP Ombudsman 70007,3536
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page A-1
-
-
-
- Appendix A
-
- Command Reference (Keys: Shiftless and Otherwise)
-
- When a command applies only in a mode other than EDIT, the mode is
- indicated in parentheses after the command description. If there is no
- mode indicated, EDIT mode is assumed.
-
- Some keys have different meanings, depending on the current mode and/or the
- type of line the cursor is on. Although I have tried to minimize this,
- there just aren't enough separate keys to go around for all of EDDY's
- features; in line with the intention to minimize keystrokes required to get
- the job done, I have reluctantly chosen this approach as the lesser evil.
- Accordingly, the entries below to which this applies are indicated by the
- phrase "Depends on context".
-
- I. Function Keys
-
- [F1] HELP
- [Alt+F1] Display pull-down menus
- [Shift+F1] Shortcut to keyword search in HELP screens
-
- [F2] UNDO
- [^F2] UNDO on all files
-
- [F3] LOOK at file, directory, disk or RAM
- [^F3] LOOK at all files
- [Alt+F3] LOOK at file in target directory
- [Shift+F3] Depends on context:
- - EDIT (cursor on file or directory)...
- ...compare directory entries in work and target
- - EDIT (cursor on "DIR of" or "." line)...
- ...compare snapshot file to current working directory
- [Shift+^F3] Compare all files' directory entries in work and target
- [Alt+Shift+F3] Compare current file's contents in work and target
-
- [F4] PATCH file, disk or RAM
-
- [F5] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...tag file or directory for COPY
- - LOOK...COPY marked area
- [^F5] Tag all files for COPY
- [Alt+F5] COPY unmarked area (LOOK)
- [Shift+F5] Depends on context:
- - EDIT (cursor on "Drive" line)...
- ...copy entire disk to file (disk-image copy)
- - EDIT (cursor on file)...
- ...copy image file to disk (disk-image restore)
- - EDIT (cursor on "DIR of" or "." line)...
- ...take snapshot of working directory
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page A-2
-
-
-
- [F6] Tag file or directory for MOVE
- [^F6] Tag all files for MOVE
- [Alt+F6] Shuffle directory entries
-
- [F7] Tag file or directory for DELETE (see also [Shift+F7])
- [^F7] Tag all files for DELETE
- [Alt+F7] Logical DELETE (Ignore) - current file
- [Alt+^F7] Logical DELETE (Ignore) - all files
- [Shift+F7] Tag file for DESTROY (overwrite file, then delete)
- [Shift+^F7] Tag all files for DESTROY
-
- [F8] Execute default point-n-shoot command
- [^F8] Execute default point-n-shoot command on all files
- [Shift+F8] Execute default point-n-shoot command
- [Shift+^F8] Execute default point-n-shoot command on all files
-
- [F9] DOS gateway
- [Alt+F9] Execute COM, EXE or BAT file
- [Shift+F9] Execute command defined in EDDY.USE on current file
- [Shift+^F9] Execute command defined in EDDY.USE on all files
-
- [F10] Depends on context:
- - if "directory recall" set, QUIT to chosen directory
- - if not set, QUIT to original DOS default directory
- [^F10] Same as [F10]; if EGA/VGA, lines per screen unchanged
- [Alt+F10] QUIT, set new DOS default = working directory
- [Shift+F10] Set directory recall
- [Shift+^F10] Recall directory
-
-
-
- II. Letters
-
- [Alt+a] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...set ATTRIBUTE filter
- - PATCH...truncate file AFTER cursor
- [^a] ATTRIBUTE filtering, with subdir include option
-
- [b] Toggle BIT-stripping state (LOOK)
- [Alt+b] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...copy with bit-stripping
- - LOOK...(at file) toggle bit-stripping default state
- (at disk) display "bad spot" as marked in FAT
- - PATCH...truncate file BEFORE cursor
-
- [^c] Cancel repeating command
- [Alt+c] Set Synchronization CONTROLs
-
- [d] Move ruler DOWN (LOOK)
- [Alt+d] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...sort by file DATE/time
- - LOOK...(at disk) display DIRECTORY entry
- [Alt+Shift+d] Sort permanently by file DATE/time
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page A-3
-
-
-
- [e] EGA/VGA lines-per-screen toggle (LOOK)
- [Alt+e] Sort by file EXTENSION
- [Alt+Shift+e] Sort permanently by file EXTENSION
-
- [f] Repeat previous FIND (LOOK)
- [^f] FIND string in all files
- [Alt+f] FIND string in file (EDIT/LOOK/FIND)
-
- [Alt+g] Assign GLOBAL match character (FIND)
-
- [Alt+h] Sort by file time (HOUR/minute)
- [Alt+Shift+h] Sort permanently by file time
-
- [Alt+i] INVERT display sequence
- [Alt+Shift+i] INVERT permanently
-
- [j] Depends on context:
- - LOOK (at file, text) JUMP to line #
- - LOOK (at file, hex) JUMP to file offset
- - LOOK (at disk) JUMP to disk sector
- [Alt+j] JUMP to disk cluster (LOOK at disk)
-
- [Alt+k] Depends on context:
- - FIND...set "don't match" byte in search string
- - EDIT...show name for next key pressed
-
- [l] Toggle LINE-wrapping state (LOOK)
- [Alt+l] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...build list file
- - LOOK...toggle line-wrapping default state
-
- [m] MARK area to be copied (LOOK)
- [Alt+m] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...change command used for primary mouse key
- - LOOK...jump to marked area
- [Alt+Shift+m] Adjust mouse sensitivity
-
- [n] Depends on context:
- - cursor in filename/ext field: use as part of name
- - cursor in attributes field: set file attribute OFF...
- ...and move right (if on Archive, no move)
- [^n] Turn attribute (column under cursor) ON for all files
- [Alt+n] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...sort by file NAME
- - LOOK (at disk)...jump to NEXT cluster in chain
- [Alt+Shift+n] Sort permanently by file NAME
-
- [Alt+o] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...OPTION settings
- - LOOK (at disk)...find "owner" of sector/cluster
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page A-4
-
-
-
- [p] Make hex display PRINTABLE (LOOK)
- [^p] same as [Alt+p], except printer output goes to file
- [Alt+p] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...PRINT directory
- - LOOK...PRINT file contents
- - UPDATE...PRINT changes as they are made
-
- [^q] TIMESTAMP filtering, with subdir include option
- [Alt+q] Set timestamp filter
-
- [r] RULER line display (LOOK)
- [Alt+r] Depends on context:
- - LOOK...toggle REPLACE state
- - EDIT (when customizing)...RAINBOW (color) selection
-
- [s] Toggle LOOK Mode action for [up]/[down] between...
- ...normal scrolling (1 line per keypress) and...
- ...speed scrolling (half screen per keypress)
- [Alt+s] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...sort by file SIZE
- - LOOK (at disk)...jump to STARTING cluster
- [Alt+Shift+s] Sort permanently by file SIZE
-
- [Alt+t] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...TARGET directory inquiry/change using tree or box
- - LOOK (at disk)...display TARGET directory cluster
- [Alt+Shift+t] TARGET directory inquiry/change using dialog box
-
- [u] Move ruler UP (LOOK)
- [Alt+u] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...leave display UNSORTED...
- - LOOK (at disk)...display next UNALLOCATED cluster
-
- [^v] VOLUME serial number display/update
- [Alt+v] VOLUME label add or change
- [Alt+Shift+v] VOLUME label delete
-
- [w] Toggle display between byte/word format (LOOK)
- [W] Toggle display between word and...
- ...inverted word format (LOOK)
- [^w] "Where's That File?"
- [Alt+w] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...WORKING directory change using tree or box
- - LOOK (at disk)...display WORKING directory cluster
- [Alt+Shift+w] WORKING directory change using dialog box
-
- [Alt+x] eXCHANGE working and target directories
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page A-5
-
-
-
- [y] Depends on context:
- - cursor in filename/ext field: use as part of name
- - cursor in attributes field: set file attribute ON...
- ...and move right (if on Archive, no move)
- [^y] Turn attribute (column under cursor) ON for all files
- [Alt+y] Delete bytes from beginning or end of file (PATCH)
-
- [Alt+z] Depends on context:
- - EDIT/UPDATE...view registration info
- - PATCH...append ^Z to file
-
- [^letter] From tree display or directory dialog box:
- ...select drive indicated
-
-
-
- III. Numbers
-
- [0] After [#] or [Alt+#]...TABs are deleted during copy
-
- [1] - [8] After [#] or [Alt+#]...
- TABs expand to next "n"-byte boundary during copy
-
- [Alt+0] Send formfeed to printer
-
- [Alt+1] Send linefeed to printer
-
- [Alt+3] Same as [Alt+#], described below
-
- [Alt+9] Send command from EDDY.USE to printer
-
-
- IV. Miscellaneous Keys
-
- [Tab] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...toggle attributes display style
- - LOOK...toggle display between hex/text
- - PATCH/FIND...toggle data entry mode between hex/text
- [Shift+Tab] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...toggle "bytes wasted" calculation basis
- - LOOK/PATCH/FIND...set new key for hex/text toggle
-
- [Ins] Enable file renaming for current file only
-
- [*] Toggle file exclusion state
-
- [\] Select drive from list of valid drives (EDIT/TREE)
-
- [.] Depends on context:
- - cursor on filename: move cursor to extension
- - cursor NOT on filename: move cursor to start of filename
- - working directory dialog box:
- ...set file specification to "*.*"
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page A-6
-
-
-
- [:] Move cursor to "hour" field
-
- [+] Depends on context:
- - cursor in attributes field: set file attribute ON...
- ...and move down 1 line
- - cursor in other field: move to attributes field
-
- [=] Depends on context:
- - if [Alt+=] previously used:
- ...set file date/time to frozen timestamp
- - if no [Alt+=]: set date/time to current DOS date/time
- [Alt+=] Freeze timestamp at date/time of current file
-
- [-] Depends on context:
- - cursor in filename/ext field: use as part of name
- - cursor in attributes field: set file attribute OFF...
- ...and move down 1 line
- - cursor in other field: move to attributes field
- [Alt+-] Unfreeze timestamp frozen by preceding [Alt+=]
-
- [/] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...Move cursor to "month" field
- - FIND...Find next occurrence of search argument
-
- [#] Choose tab expansion interval for current file (LOOK)
- [Alt+#] Depends on context:
- - EDIT...tag for copy, with tab expansion (or deletion)
- - LOOK...choose tab expansion interval for all files
-
- [right bracket] i.e., "]" -- TAB right (EDIT/LOOK)
-
- [left bracket] i.e., "[" -- TAB left (EDIT/LOOK)
-
- [BackSpace] Interrupt repeating command
-
- [ScrollLock] Interrupt processing temporarily. Resume when...
- ...[ScrollLock] is released.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page B-1
-
-
-
- Appendix B
-
-
- What Does That Message Mean?
-
- The purpose of this Appendix is to explain some of EDDY's error and status
- messages which may not be completely self-explanatory or clear from their
- context. Messages are listed alphabetically.
-
- When these messages are displayed on the screen, they are followed by a
- reminder that more information about why the message appeared and what, if
- anything, you should do about it, may be found in this Appendix.
-
- If you find some other messages EDDY produces that need clarification,
- please let me know, and I'll include them in the next update.
- ------------------------------
-
- Can't adjust sensitivity
- An error has been returned by the mouse driver. Probable cause is a
- non-Microsoft compatible mouse being used.
-
- Can't find Command Interpreter
- After searching the DOS environment, EDDY has either failed to locate
- the "COMSPEC" variable, which specifies where to find the command
- interpreter (usually COMMAND.COM), or has looked for the interpreter
- where COMSPEC said it was, but didn't find it there.
-
- You won't be able to do any DOS Gateway or Point-n-Shoot operations,
- but other EDDY commands will work correctly. When you quit EDDY,
- though, you'll have a problem when DOS can't find COMMAND.COM either.
-
- Can't patch this file
- You have pressed [F4], but EDDY cannot get "write" access to the file.
- This is not just a read-only file; in that case, EDDY would ask first,
- and then remove the read-only status so that patching could proceed.
-
- This may occur on a network, if the file is part of a non-DOS file
- system, such as UNIX, and you don't have permission for write access.
-
- Can't proceed. EDDY.AUX problem
- Much of EDDY's functionality is stored in the EDDY.AUX file, as a set
- of overlays. If this file can't be located, can't be read, is found
- to be corrupt, or is a different version than EDDY.COM, there really
- isn't much useful that EDDY can do. Once you see this message, EDDY
- will terminate as soon as a key is pressed.
-
- Can't restore from swapfile
- You have just returned to EDDY after using the DOS Gateway, and an
- error was encountered in trying to restore the data that was stored
- there to make more memory available for Gateway processes. Without
- restoring this data (and the corresponding memory allocations), EDDY
- cannot proceed reliably. Therefore, the program terminates.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page B-2
-
-
-
- Directory is part of target path
- You can't move a directory to its "child", nor to any directory
- subordinate to it. E.g., you can't move C:\UTIL to C:\UTIL\MISC; you
- could, however, move C:\UTIL\MISC to C:\ if you wished.
-
- Directory recall set
- You have pressed [Shift+F10], selecting the current working directory
- for possible "recall". If you later press [Shift+^F10], this
- directory will again become the working directory. If you press [F10]
- or [^F10], you will quit EDDY with this directory as the DOS default.
-
- DOS version problem
- This message appears if you execute EDDY under a DOS version earlier
- than 2.0, or if you try to rename a subdirectory or sort/shuffle and
- rewrite a directory but are using a level of DOS earlier than 3.0.
-
- File not found. [Ins] to rename.
- You probably pressed a key by mistake, causing EDDY to go into speed-
- search mode for a matching filename that wasn't there. If what you
- really wanted to do was rename the file, either press [Ins] to turn on
- renaming for that file, or set Option /F ON for all files.
-
- Memory corrupted!
- When EDDY temporarily gives up control to DOS for Gateway or Point-n-
- Shoot functions, a checksum of EDDY's memory area is computed and
- recorded. It is computed again when EDDY regains control. If there's
- a difference, some process that has been executed outside of EDDY has
- written to memory that belongs to EDDY. EDDY terminates immediately,
- without attempting to restore any paths, colors, fonts, etc.
-
- No target. Delete all (y/n)?
- You have set the Synchronization Controls to specify that the files
- in the target are to be compared with those in the working directory,
- and the result used to determine which files will be tagged for
- DELETE. But there is currently no target directory.
-
- Not enough memory
- This may appear when trying to use the DOS Gateway or Point-n-Shoot
- functions, and there is not enough memory to load the requested
- program. It may also occur if EDDY returns from executing one of
- these functions, and finds that there is not enough memory available
- to continue (and so EDDY terminates).
-
- You might also see this message when you try to rewrite a sorted
- directory to disk. It means there isn't enough room in memory for all
- of the directory entries plus workspace for the sort process
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page B-3
-
-
-
- Not enough room in root directory
- Unlike subdirectories, the root has a maximum no. of entries that can
- be contained in it. This no. is set by the FORMAT process. If the
- disk has a label, that uses one entry. If you copy/move files to the
- root, and files with those names are not already in the root (shown by
- "COPY+" or "MOVE+"), a new directory entry is needed for each one. If
- there are not enough entries available, you'll get this message.
-
- Not supported for this disk
- There are several conditions that can produce this message:
- 1. The disk is larger than 32 MB, and the version of DOS being used
- can't handle it.
- 2. The "disk" is actually a compressed volume (DoubleSpace, Stacker,
- etc.), and the requested operation -- such as directory sorting --
- could corrupt the internal control structures.
- 3. The disk is a remote drive, accessed on a network, and you are
- attempting some low-level operation, such as sector patching.
- 4. EDDY has received conflicting data regarding the disk format. The
- program always cross-checks this data by calling combinations of
- BIOS and DOS functions, so that all critical data is treated to a
- "second opinion". If there is disagreement, no low-level access
- will be attempted by EDDY.
-
- Path name too long
- This one can really be puzzling (some users have reported it as a
- bug). When you have a path with a long chain of subdirectories, EDDY
- may refuse to move to a directory, giving this message. It means DOS
- can't get to the directory, even though it's there. This can happen
- if you rename a directory with a longer name, and the resulting path
- is longer than 64 bytes. It can be even more obscure if you are using
- a SUBST'ed disk, so that the path doesn't look too long; however, DOS
- uses the total effective length, after expanding the SUBST path.
-
- Press key for primary mouse button
- EDDY is waiting for you to select -- by pressing -- a key to define
- the command to be executed whenever you subsequently press the primary
- (normally, the left) mouse button.
-
- Same disk
- You have tried to copy, or prepare to copy, an entire disk, plus
- format information added by EDDY, to a file on that same disk -- 5
- quarts won't fit in a gallon jug.
-
- Size shown in directory incorrect
- Probable cross-linked file. Refer to Section 23.4.2 of this document.
-
- Timestamp frozen / Timestamp unfrozen
- When the timestamp is frozen, it will remain set to the same value,
- and that value will be used whenever [=] is pressed. When it's
- unfrozen (or has never been frozen), the current DOS date and time
- will be used when [=] is pressed.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page B-4
-
-
-
- Unable to complete directory move
- Refer to Section 12.4.2 of this document
-
- Unable to complete directory rewrite
- Refer to Section 22.4 of this document
-
- Unsure if files open. Sorting not attempted
- Refer to Section 22.1 of this document
-
- WARNING! Memory allocation changed
- When EDDY temporarily gives up control to DOS for Gateway or Point-n-
- Shoot functions, the amount of free memory is recorded. If the same
- amount of memory is not available when EDDY regains control, you've
- most likely run some program which has TSR'd (terminated and stayed
- resident). Even if your system doesn't "hang", this will probably
- cause trouble when you finally quit, as there will be "holes" (small,
- often unusable blocks of memory) that can only be eliminated by
- rebooting. If you can remove the TSR program by using the DOS
- Gateway, you should do so to avoid problems later.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page C-1
-
-
-
- Appendix C
-
- Printer Setup Commands
-
- Printer setup commands may be included at the end of your EDDY.USE file.
-
- At the end of EDDY.USE, there is a section where printer control strings
- may be defined for your printer. This area starts with a line beginning
- with "[printer]" (without the quotes). If you are going to use printer
- control strings in EDDY.USE, this line MUST be present. It tells EDDY
- where Point-n-Shoot commands (see Section 14.2.3) end and the printer setup
- commands begin.
-
- Each setup command is entered in EDDY.USE as a single line, representing a
- control string that may be sent to the printer whenever you wish (from EDIT
- or LOOK modes).
-
- Some examples of typical control strings:
-
- ESC,':' ; Set 12 cpi pitch for Canon BubbleJet
- ESC,'X',8,96 ; Set horizontal margins 8-96 for Canon BubbleJet
- DC2,SI ; Set 17 cpi for IBM ProPrinter
- ESC,'&k4s' ; Set 12 cpi for HP LaserJet
- ESC,'&k2s' ; Set 17 cpi for HP LaserJet
-
- Printer control strings are created according to the following rules:
-
- 1. The standard ANSI names for the characters from 0 thru 32 are
- recognized; e.g., NUL, CR, SO, DC2, ESC, SP, etc. These names should
- not be enclosed in quotes.
-
- 2. Unquoted numbers are decimal, and must be in the range 0-255.
-
- 3. Decimal numbers may be used instead of ANSI names or quoted
- characters, if you prefer.
-
- 4. Strings are terminated by a space or semi-colon which is not enclosed
- in quotes.
-
- 5. To include a space, comma or semi-colon as part of a command string,
- enclose them in single quotes; i.e., ' ', ',' or ';'.
-
- 6. Strings surrounded by single quotes are used as-is. To include a
- single quote as part of a command string, use two single quotes in a
- row within a quoted string. For example, 'ab''cd' is interpreted as
- a string containing the following 5 bytes: ab'cd. If the single
- quote is the ONLY character in a quoted string, use '''' -- that's
- two consecutive single quotes within a quoted, one-byte string.
-
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page D-1
-
-
-
- Appendix D
-
- Mouse Problems (Technical Note)
-
- Over the years, a number of users have reported major problems in trying to
- use their mice with EDDY. The movement would be erratic, if not random,
- and in some cases the mouse would either refuse to move, or move very
- slowly and refuse to respond to changing the sensitivity with EDDY (using
- the [Alt+Shift+m] command).
-
- Most users, on the other hand, have no such problems. Until recently, I
- have never been able to reproduce this behavior, and thus haven't been very
- effective in getting it fixed.
-
- At last I have encountered the problems myself, and have been able to do
- some investigation.
-
- When running Windows 3.1, and executing EDDY in a DOS box or from the icon,
- using PC-DOS 6.3 on an IBM ThinkPad, the mouse (actually, the little
- pointer in the middle of the keyboard) misbehaves terribly!
-
- Running without Windows, everything works fine.
-
- To get a mouse to work at all in the Windows DOS box, it is known to be
- necessary to include a command to load the mouse driver from either
- AUTOEXEC.BAT or CONFIG.SYS, before starting Windows. This is independent
- of the mouse driver used by Windows. It also has nothing to do with EDDY;
- any DOS program that uses a mouse has the same requirement for a DOS-based
- driver.
-
- I used the Microsoft MOUSE.COM driver, version 9.01, that came with PC-DOS.
- (This driver is 93,086 bytes, dated 12/31/93).
-
- When I traced out the activity with my debugger, I found that the values
- returned from mouse (interrupt 33 hex) function call number 11 -- "Read
- Mouse Motion Counters" -- were VERY erratic; sometimes reporting correct
- movement, but more often not.
-
- After much experimentation, I began to suspect that I had a problem that
- wasn't entirely EDDY's, but was somehow related to the hardware/software
- platform I was running on. So, I tried using the Logitech mouse driver,
- MOUSE.COM version 6.23, from another system (40,596 bytes, dated 03/10/93).
-
- Suddenly, everything worked OK!
-
- Apparently I'm one of the last people in the world to learn about this
- problem! A couple of weeks after I found out the hard way, I came across
- the book "Windows 3.1 Power Tools", by Geoffrey and William LeBlond. This
- book, published by Bantam Books in 1992, devotes some six pages (!) to a
- discussion of this and similar situations.
-
- EDDY v.8b User's Manual Copyright(C) 1987-95 by John Scofield page D-2
-
-
-
- I HOPE this explains most, if not all, of the problems reported to me. Of
- course, there's really no way to know, unless you share your experiences
- with me. There are probably other hardware/software combinations which
- produce similar problems with EDDY, and there are certainly lots of others
- which run without a hitch.
-
- I would especially appreciate any feedback from users experiencing trouble
- in other situations, and I would also like to hear from any users who find
- that a similar change of mouse drivers resolves their problems.
-
- EDDY Registration Form
-
- Date ____________
- John Scofield
- 117 West Harrison Bldg.
- 6th floor, Dept. S-678
- Chicago, IL 60605
-
- Dear John:
-
- Please register me as another happy user of EDDY. Here's my $25.00.
-
- I have version _8b_ of EDDY, which I got from _______________________
-
- ____________________________________________________________________ .
-
- (If you would give me some information about your system, it might
- help with trouble-shooting later on; also, I'm curious about what
- kind of hardware EDDY has worked successfully with. Thank you.)
-
- I use a _____________________ PC, along with a ______________ monitor
-
- and a _____________________ video adapter. I have ______K bytes of
-
- regular memory in my system. I use MS-DOS/PC-DOS, level _____.
-
- My system also has (please check any that apply)...
-
- __ _____MB Hard disk, (brand/model ____________________________)
- __ 5-1/4", 360 KB floppy drive __ 5-1/4", 1.2 MB floppy drive
- __ 3-1/2", 720 KB floppy drive __ 3-1/2", 1.4 MB floppy drive
- __ A __-button mouse (brand, model _________________)
- __ A monitor bigger than 25x80. Mine has ___ lines & ___ columns
- __ Other: ______________________________________________________
-
-
- Yours truly,
-
-
- ____________________________ (name)
-
- ____________________________ (address)
-
- ____________________________
-
- ____________________________ If you need a
- receipt, please
- ____________________________ (phone no.) check here: ___
-
- P.S. I have the following comments or suggestions for EDDY:
-
-
-
-
-
- P.P.S. I'd like to see updates to EDDY posted to ___________________
- BBS, if possible. Its phone number is: ( )________________.